A Hebrew and English Lexicon (Brown-Driver-Briggs)/He

From Wikisource
Jump to navigation Jump to search


ה
He, fifth letter ;= numeral 5 in postB. 

Heb. ; no evidence of this usage in OT times. •)"7. n, 71, I"? (on the use of these different forms, see the Grammars: e.g. Ges iffi ), defi- nite article, the (so Moab. Ph. (Schrod""), Lihyan (NW. Arabia) ha (DHM* 11 *" 1 Mtt ); not As. Aram. orEth.: Arab. Jl, of which, n

n before dentals, sibilants, and liquids, the I is written but not pronounced, tlius Lr ^ J Dl pron. 'ash-shamsu-=- Heb. t^C^L 1 ) — m g en - the use of the art. in Heb. is analogous to its use in Greek or German: but naturally there are applications peculiar to Hebrew (comp. with what follows Ges' 126 Ew ,sn ): — 1. joined with substantives: a. to mark a definite concrete object, as Gn I 1 the heavens and t/ie earth, ^ED the king, etc. Never, however (as in Greek e.g. o nXoro)i/),before true proper names, though it is used with certain terms, chiefly geographical, of which the orig. appellative sense has not been lost, as ^3? ' Baal,' lit. ' the lord,' in pi. D^V3ri i.e. the various local Baals, JB&n the Adversary Jb i 6ff - (as a pr. n. ]$?, 'Satan,' only I Ch 2 1 1 ); ftoWl (but not ito"]nri), |T)>n (but not jrisn), bcnan, pit^n the Sharon, rhtfn the (Judaean) iowland, "Oan, I^Bn the (Moabite) table-land, n3-jyn, <yn <«Ai,' n^an 'Gibeah,' Ju2o 5tt , Wan 'Galilee,' b&in, 'yia^an, je^n, T$W (oft.), ctpE'n, nssen, ncnn, po'^n, PQJJn, ilJDSn. b. with an adjective to denote one who exhibits a quality nor e£oxij», i.e. to express the compar. or superl. degree : so oft., as Gn i 16 b~in "llNDn the greater light, "UKOn )t2pn the lesser light, 2 f'i'njn U3=shii elder son, 48 14 TJJXn the younger, 42 13 [bj3n the little one, i. e. the youngest (of Joseph's brethren), Lv 2 1 10 Vnso ^injri the chiefest of his brethren, Nu as^ + irun ;ri3n the chief priest, 'a -vyvn the least among Ju 6 15 , JO nTyvn the least of 1 S 9", '3 ns>n the fairest among Ct I 8 , 2 K io 3 Pr 30 30 , cf. Jos 14 15 . c. with nouns which are not definite in themselves, but acquire, their definition from the context, or from the manner in which tliey are introduced : thus (a) in the standing phrases tifrn to-day, Gn4 u 2i 26 + oft. ; i"6^?n to-night, Gn 19 5 30 ,5 + , once 1 S 15 16 last night; so HJE-'n this year, 2 K 19 29 Jer28 16 ; D5??lI this time, Gn 1 8 32 + . (&) in|n the river (kot i%pxw>), i.e. the Euphrates; Ex2 15 the well, the well viz. of the district, Jos 8" the valley, 1S17 3 ; 1 Sig w the wall, u thehed, 20 21 iy|n the lad (whom Jonathan would naturally take with him), v 34 tlie table. Hence occas. where a suffix would define the noun more precisely, as "lionn 2 S 19"+ =my ass, Ju 3 20 1 Si 9 NS?n=/ t 2aseat, Ju 4 ls i K22 35 2K io 15 + n33"lDri, 1 S 18 10 20 33 n^nn. d. it is a pecu- liarity of Hebrew thought to conceive an object as defined by its being taken for a par- ticular purpose, and thus by a kind of pro- lepsis to prefix the art. to the noun denoting it : 1 S io 1 and Samuel took R#J W™$ lit. the cruse of oil, not, however, a cruse which had been defined previously, but one rendered definite by being now taken; in English idiom ' a cruse of oil,' v 26 ">SB? lit. in the scroll or book, the one, viz. taken for the purpose, i.e. in a scroll (so Ex 17" Nu s 23 Jb 19 23 ), 21 10 nbotez, JU4 19 n^ntrs viEoni, v 19 7 13 ^nsn a tent, 8 s5 9 48 nbTlgrrriK hatchets, 20" every one able to sling fnyj?? «>K WJ¥ with a stone at a hair, 1 S 6 s W"1$Q (unless indeed the 13"]N was an understood appendage in every cart), Nu 1 1 27 "^n a young man, 13 23 tttos on a pole, Jos 2" inna with a cord, 2S 17 17 nrlSB'n a girl (cf. jj r 1 s 1. < : i». is y g^. s _ j t j g uncer tain whether an art. is to be referred to c or d: e.g. 1 S 2 13 his prong or a prong, 2 S 18 9 his mule or a mule, etc. e. with nouns that denote objects or classes of objects that are known to all, as [KXr^arijn, D^QH; Gn 13 2 Abram was very rich arp* s|D3a njptsa, Ex 3 1 4 ^Dsai anja rttfffa, Dt 1 4 26 and thou shalt lay out the money "^33 -OtSQI f«31 |NX31, 2 K 9 30 iVVV. T 133 D'OTl, in French ' elle mit du fard k ses yeux.' It is, however, remarkable that this usage depends mostly on the punctuation, 'ID??, P?0, E n ^ n etc. (except as applied to denote definite quan- tities of gold, wine, etc., as Jos 6 24 ) being far less common than 'IDS, |* etc., but ^032, tD"£> etc. being much more freq. than e )D33 ) HM? etc. : for instances in which the art. forms part of the consonantal text, see Gn6 M 7 8 + «]iyn and noron, Dt8 3 Dn^n, 1 K5 8 "Is28 7 120 andi?^, 60 17 Ez 15 47 .&%?, Hb 2 6 Pr 20 1 ^65" ItteQ, Ct i 11 Ec 7 12 . Cf. below, h. f. in com- parisons, the object compared being, as a rule, not an individual as such, but one exhibiting the characteristics of a class: Is i 18 D^t^?, V?iri3 like scarlet, like crimson (both meant generally), S 24 "JIT pB3, v 28 TO and nB133, io 14 IS?, 13 8 ni?i>3 (as always with this word, e.g. 42 14 V 4« 7 )' " 7 " 1 5? 3 ;+ oft - (The usage is not, however, quite uniform, at least ace. to the punctuation : there occurs e.g. B*t>3 Jb 4 1 2 ' Is 47 14 ; nn«3 f 7 s a l. : and we find both t«fcs Is 5 » and *$| Ho 13 8 ; ,- i«3 Is 38" and 'IK? Nu 24 9 ; 113?? Is 4 2 "and 11333 Jb 16 14 ; etc.) ' Similarly Gn 19 28 (fb?n nb'p3 as the smoke of a furnace, Nu 1 1 812 Xf) X*l pa'rrnK JCKri, Dt28 29 ("V^n), J u 8 ,8b V. 3 n «'~ 3 ?l!?? n , M 6 ' l 1? n S'BB'a like (a lion's) rending 208 n n T a kid, 16 9 i K 14 15 Zc 12 10 Tn;n by 1SD03 as mourning over an only child, 1 3 9 + . Where, however, the standard of comparison is not the class in general, but only a particular part of it, defined by a special epithet (whether adj. or verb), the art. is naturally omitted : thus fte? like chaff (in general) IS41 15 , but "OJJ }*b| like chaff passing away 29 s ; ???? Jb 14 2 , but ^02 bs? + ic-2 12 ; tf& Is 40 24 . but e)^3 &i>3 4 1=; £«3 Is 3 5 6 , but '31 ^1? J*^B ^«? like a hind (that) longeth for streams of water f42 s ; t«?3 Is9 17 , but ■>»' l»an tW3 like fire (that) kindleth a wood ty 83 15 ; JB'V? Is 5 l6 » but H31XD [C'V? like smoke from a chimney Ho 13': so Is 62 lb Jb 9 26 n 16 IW Cm? like waters (that) have passed by, etc. ; Dt 3 2 2 * 1C5TS3, i>B3, but v 2b NB'T^J) D*??k», D'3'31? t t - « v v : aPJPjJJ. Where the art. is found, although a rel. clause follows (as yjr 1* 49" Is 61 10 ), this is prob. to be regarded not as limiting the class of object compared, but as describing it. g. prefixed to generic nouns (in the singular) it designates the class, i. e. it imparts to the noun a collective force, as Ex I 22 !3n"73 all (lit. the whole of) the sons, l"l3rr?3 all the daughters, Lv 1 7 810 "^lI"! 1 ? of the strangers, who sojourn in their midst, Nu 21 7 K*n3n the serpents ; Gn 14 13 Ez 24" 33 21 C'yBn those who escaped; Jos 6 7 + ybn?), v 9 13 *|DKDn ; 8 19 YbK ; 1 S 1 3 17 TVnB'Bn ; Mi 2 13 ; Is 6 4 NTrtp? the choir of criers; 1 S24 14 ^bngn the ancients; Ec 7 M nEfc^VlK woman , and oft. with gentile names, as *?WJ the Jebusites, tf^Wfj 'rrran 2 S 8 18 al., 7J3 Ju 18 1 etc., ^H the Levites, Nu 3 20 18 23 Mai 2 8 ^I35 20 +. h. with nouns denoting ab- stract ideas, esp. the names of moral quali- ties (cf. Gk. {) hUi), Fr. la justice), chiefly in two cases — (a) where the art. is recognizable in the consonantal text, exceptionally, when some emphasis or definiteness is intended, as Dtf iDnni man -ioib>; nrn iDnn 2S2 5

K 3 6 ; D'Cmm IDnn nx Jei6 5 (contr. Zc f); 

pISH tls i 26 61 3 Ec3 16 ; ng"jyO t Is 32 1717 (con- trast v 16 ) Dn 9 7 (emph.); njhri Ho 4 6 ; HCXn Gn 32" (sq. -KW), Is 59 15 (contrast v 14 ) Zc 8 319 ; n}«3Kn fig „» » (contr. v») Je 7 s8 ; nrann Jb 28 i2.m. D «nn Gn 2 9 +; nansn tCt 2 7 '3 5 8 4 - 7 ; T#C tJe 7 4 - 8 2 3 26 ; man is^Ru i 17 + ; Hft" +^i2 5 3 Ec3 16 ; nj)Bhn tZc5 8 ; Tr? nn Is6o 2 Ec2 u ; see also lit 30 1519 (Je 21 8 ), 1 K 7" Je 32 19 Mai 2 s Dl^m D"nn, V' 123 4 130 4 Dn 9" 1 Ch 29" 2Ch i 12 Pr 31 30 Ec 2 1317 7 1219 io 6 1 1 10 : but in all such cases "lDn j pns, J1CX, etc. are far more common. (/3) where ihe art. depends on the punctuation, after preps., esp. 3, but with much irregularity, as ^D" 3 Is 16 5 Pr 20 28 (but Tl3 Ho 2 21 Pr 16 6 ), P7.S3 Pr 25 s (elsewhere always 'S3; ni3TS3 also always); ^ENa and njlOK? always; ^S tls 28 15 (but ||3J3, not 3T3n)"je5 sl 13 25 20 6 23 14 f^atJ«3" 2 9 9 ); DibB>3 ff 29" Jbi5 21 (elsewhere Di^S) ; Zci2 4 to smite (ri^ JlVaE'B (but Dt 28 s8 |1-W31 pWB'S), cf. Gn 19 11 Dt 28 s2 ; to enter with' one t2EB>B3 Jb 9 32 2 2 4 (but t2BS?D3 ^ 1 43 2 ), contrast also Pr 18 5 with 24 s3 ; BBBta!? Is 59" f 9 8 (but 'oi> Is5 7 f 122 5 ); Pr 2 2 7 4 noan!? (but never TOann in Pr 1-9, or indeed in the whole book); Pr 2 3 7 4 nj-sb, Jb 39 17 n3/33 (but never wan); p r2 23 nsanb (but njonn only

K7 14T emph.); to perish «OS3 Ju'i5 18 +; 

Is 29 21 Wh3, 32 19 Ttyn ^if 1? nW? Germ, in d M Niedrigkeit sinkt die Stadt, 45 16 together they go nrai>33 (in die Schmach), 46 s *?^ into captivity, 47 s W^ 'NS ( s0 always: never "JSPna). The living language may have used the art. more readily after a prep., where it did not lengthen the word by an entire syll.; still the disparity of usage between a and |3 makes it not improb. that the art. in /3 is in many cases not original but due to the punctu- ators, i. to mark the vocative ; 1 S 1 7° 5 TJ^eri TBto"VJ as thy soul liveth, king, I do not know, v 68 TIB nnx <n P Whose son art thou, lad? 2S14 4 Help, king! 1 K 18 26 »JV hfffiJ, 2 K 9 5 "iis>n ^bs, IS42 18 Utt?? 1 D^nn, Je'2 31 '31 Wi Dns nnn ; EZ37 4 rrt^n niosjjn 6> dry bones,' Mai 3 9 i^3 "V^ (Dr' 19801 "). N. B. In poetry, the article is frequently dis- pensed with before words which would naturally take it in prose : thus ^ 2 2810 & oft, H? J 8 ' 18 10 33 6 + D^OB'; (rarely in prose, Gn i 8 2 4 iK8»); 2i 2 45 I416 6i 7 al. T]b»; 66 6 72 8 +D:; 59 7 -" 1%; Ju 5 2 f 18 44 QV etc.'; V 9 617 & oft. yen • is i 2 - 6 - 21 3 10 - 11 ii 6 - 7 - 8 . . With adjectives, participles, and de- monstrative pronouns (sin, N'n, nan, Dn, AT, nNT, n^x): viz. a. (so regularly) when the subst. qualified by these words is defined by it likewise, as ?njn "'OT = 6 /9ao-iXfi>i o iiiyas, Gn 2 12 Kinn fi»n, 20' mn nj^n, j os 2 3 tMhtm ^V^< tl'Nan = oi av&pts 01 ivrfs irpos <ri, Gn 13 5 16 13 24 M 32 21 Ju 6 s8 Is 65 3 - 46 66 24 ^ 31 9 . So alto with adjj. & ptepp., if the subst. be de- fined by a sf. (as Dt 4 37 ^0 i n 33, 1S8 14 n

rtatori D3W); and with a pron., if it be de- fined by a gen. (as Dt 29 20 1 S14 29 15" 2K6 32 ,_l jn 0!H I ? ; ! 1 "i5 "'* son °f a murderer), but not if it be denned by a sf., as Ex io 1 n^K Yjhfc (not n^NH WIN), Jos 2 14 nj «13T </«« our word (not mn 'i) : v . j) r i*»ou. similarly when the ait. with the ptcp. has a resumptive force, V' 33 15 ( v ' 4 he looketh forth from the place, &c), Dab in: -ijf'n / te <A a « formeth, etc., 19 11 arm? DHOnan w ^cA (v 10l >) are more desirable than gold, 49' ( 6b the iniquity of my aggres- sors surroundeth me), O'lltpan w ho trust in their riches, etc., Gn49 21 Is 46 s 51 20 Jb6 ,6 + (v. Dr 51357 ). b. (rare) when the subst. quali- fied by the adj. or ptcp. was felt to be suffi- ciently definite for its own art. to be dis- pensed with, as sts. with the word day Gni 31 «ttob ny>, 2 3 tpatfn D1», Exi2 llU8 2O 10 (=Dt5 14 ) LV19 6 22 s7 : so with N13D entrance Je 38 u , ■W Zc 14 10 ; TgQ court 1 K v 812 Ez 40 28 si. 5 also in certain phrases (peculiar to P) where the subst. is defined by 73, as Gn I 21 V?Ei~b'2 rmn a ll living souls, v 28 tiffin n>rri>3 a ll living things that creep, etc., 7 2 ' 9 10 Lv 1 i WM • further in isolated cases, hardly reducible to rule, LV24 10 1 S 12 23 roitsn -tvi, !6 23 njnn run, 2S12 4 Vtjfrn tf 1 ** 1 ? JC6 20 17 2 Zc4 7 1//104 18 Ezr io 9 V0$1 EnH (quite exceptional in OT). (With prons. this use is so rare that, where it occurs, it is dub. if the text be sound: 1 S17 1217 Je40 3 KtMi7 n ). And with the ptcp. : 1S25 10 D'yisnen DHajj D'sn many are the slaves who break away etc., Is 7 20 Je2 7 3 46 16 =5o 16 a^n nji'n the oppressing sword, Ez 2 3 (but © Co om. DW), 14 22 32 s2 - 24 ^62 4 Pr26 18 Ju 21 19 (very anomal., rd. prob. n?pB2). This usage is somewhat more freq. in the later parts of OT ; and in postB. Heb. it is very general (e.g. inn "0£ the evil inclination): v. further Dr S209 . c. with the ptcp., where the ptcp. with the art. forms really the subject: Gn 2" ton aaiDn not 'it was encompassing,' but 'it is that which encompassed,' 45 12 "tanpn 'S my mouth is that which speaketh, Dt 3 21 riiNnn ^yjf thine eyes were those which saw, 4 3 8 18 on ouros eWtx 6 81806s ™, Is 14 27 66 9 (v. Dr' 135 - 7 ). . The article is prefixed exceptionally — • mostly in the latest Hebrew — with the force of a relative to the verb: t Jos io 24 IFIN toapnn that went with him, Ez 26 17 , n^nn "Vyn, 1 Ch 26 s8 btoOE* B^pnn bh) and all that Samuel had dedicated, 29 817 2 Ch i 4 pana i n (the place) that he had prepared, 29" Ezr 8 s * io 1417 . Ace. to the punctuation, it occurs similarly elsewhere, as Gn 18 21 nsan ( 80 46 s7 Jb 2"), 21 3 iW^n, 1 K n' & Dn8 l nNnan, i s5I i» ntfft, 5 6 3 M^jn, Eu i 22 2 6 4 3 (ull'na^n) : but in all these passages, the change of a point, or even sts. of an accent, would restore the nor- mal participial construction (as nNan, i"> "6iari cf. Gn 48', nsnan), w hich is, no 'doubt, what was intended by the orig. writers, and is re- cognised elsewhere by the Massorah, e. g. Gn 12 7 35 1 ns-ian, 4 6 26 & R u 4 11 nxan ( c f.Ew* mb Ges I38 ' 5b ). Once, still more anomalously, be- fore a prep. 1S9 24 n'JVn] (as though leal ro «V airijs) : but rd. prob. HvNni and the fat tail, v. Dr. (In Arab. Jl also occurs, though very rarely, as a relative : W AQ, ' st5boam ).— On the anomalous use of the art. with a word in the st. c, v. Gramm., as Ew* 290 ' 1 , Ges ,mR - 4 , also } U5 Uj U ( on t ne different forms, see Ges* 100 - 4 : on Dt 32*, v. bn t p. 2io), j interrog. part. (BAram. and X t], Arab. 1), prefixed, as a rule, to the first word of a sentence (or clause). 1. in direct questions: a. as a sim- ple interrogative, where the answer expected is uncertain, Ex 2 7 S|J?Nn shall I go and call thee a nurse ? 1 S 23" , ?7??-H will the men of Keilah deliver me into his hand ? ?WE> "PVj will Saul come down ? Jb i 8 ; and frequently. h. often in questions, expressed in a tone of surprise, or put rhetorically, to which a nega- tive answer is expected ( = Lat. num?): Gn4 9

  • 33N 'nN "0?n Am I my brother's keeper?

1 8 17 shall I hide from Abraham that which I am about to do? 30 2 50" Nu n 23 * Dt 4 s3 . . . Dy VOB'n Bid a people ever hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, ... and live? 20 19 (rd. with @$<S93 Ew Ke Di etc. Dn«n for B™n), 2 S 7 s JV3 ^"njan nrixn (altered in 1 Ch 17 4 to the neg. 'SI naruVnriN 16), 2 K6 a ... n»?5> -iS>Nn those whom thou hast taken captive with thy sword and with thy bow, wilt thou smite? Is 28 24 36 12a 57" 58 s Jei5 12 i6 M Am5 25 A//5o 13 Jb8" 15 7-«-" 3 8"-" l -' 7 -» etc.; before an inf.absol. (Ew* 328 *) Je7 9 Jb40 2 and prob. Mi 2 7 (rd. "rt»Nn j see p. 55). After a protasis, n . . . nan Nu 22 s8 2 K 7 219 Je 32" Ezi7 10 ; after |0 Je3' Hg 2 12 : cf. after 'fw Gn 24 s ; after DN Jb 14 14 TWn 133 WW DN if a man dieth, shall he live ? Occasionally, one or more words precede n (in the same clause) p Vn

fcr for special emphasis : a S j 1 Jb 34" bNT7K *? "lONn for to GW did one ever say . . .1 Ne 13 27 ; Je22 15 (^bn), cf. 23 s6 . C. it is used in ques- tions which, by seeming to make doubtful what cannot be denied, have the force of an im- passioned or indignant affirmation: Gn 27 s6 ('dubitantisspeciem prae se fert Esavus, ut eo acerbius affirmet,' Maurer, cited by Ges), 1 S 2" 'y wbaj ribjjn Did I reveal myself to the house of thy father, when they were in Egypt 1 etc. (i.e. of course I did, although thy sons, by their actions, appear to belie it), 1K16 31 (express- ing astonishment), 21" J??^" *] WTQ Hast thou slain, and also taken possession? 3e j $i 2 " > Jb 20 4 41 1 (cf. Hi); also Gn 16 13 , and the phrases Dnwn do ye see? 1 S io 24 2 K 6 s2 ; JTtan dost thou see? 1 K 20 13 Ez 8' 21617 al. d. in disjunctive questions, the first question being introduced usually by H, the second by DX or (more rarely) DS1 : see exx. under DN 2 (p. 50). The disjunctive question may ex- press a real alternative (as J0S5 13 ), or (as esp. in poetry) the same thought may be repeated in a different form, in two parallel clauses (e.g. Is io 15 ): in the latter case, the answer No is usually expected (v. p. 50). Only very rarely is the second question introduced by fj Ju 14 16 (where, however, EOT ought no doubt to be read, with MSS., X Be al., for tfbn), r IN Ju i8"Jbi6 3 38 28 - 31 . . In indirect interrogation, whether (Germ, oh . . .1) — a. singly, after verbs of seeing Gn8 8 q nitnb to see whether, 18 21 Ex4 18 Ct6' telling Gn 43", trying Dt 13 4 , knowing Ju 3 4 Ec 3 21 (rd. nbj?n and ITTj'n : v. De or Wr ad loc.) b. disjunctively, — usually BK . . . f], Nu 1 3 """"'■ ,9 *(and see the land) . . . njn OK IWI Rjteq whether it be good or bad, v 19 *- 20 ' 20 ; N'b BK . . . T Gn 24 21 27 21 37 32 Ex 16 4 that I may try it (the people) <<i) — ban Eci 2 +; cstr. ban tEc 1" 12 8 , sf. 'ban etc. Ec6 12 7 15 9 9 '; pi. ' B'ban Je io 8 + ; cstr. ban j e 8 19 +, sf. Bnban 0*32"+;— 1. lit. Is 57 13 all of them (the idols) ?3JJ ITR rBVHfc a breath (93 aura) will carry away, Pr 21 6 the getting of treasures by a lying tongue is ban TJ? a va-pour driven away. Elsewhere always 2. fig. of what is evanescent, unsubstan- tial, worthless, vanity, as of idols Je io 15 = gI n l6 i9 b"S?iD B3 f«1 ban (||1^), heathen observances io 3 , and in phr. bann 'nnK T(pn 2 6 2 K 17"; Pr 13 11 ban? fin wealth (gotten) out of vanity (i.e. not by solid toil, opp. fa'p T by) is minished (but ® 93 Ew bnaD, v. 20 21 Qr), 3 1 30 *Bjp bani jng ijj^ La4 17 qpjfll bx ban to our wm (Dr tI93n )"help; of life Jb 7" s*}j; ban "a, fjs 33 diw bana Sm consumed their days as (3 I 7 d) vanity, man V'39 6 ' 12 62 10

nrr bano ntsn . . . btk 'j? ban they are al-

together (made) of vanity, 94" 144 4 , esp. in Ec (31 t. + Dvan ban i 2 - 2 12 8 ) of the fruitlessness of all human enterprise and endeavour, i 2 ?3H b?n, v 14 Oil WW ban ban all was vanity and the pursuit of wind, 2 11415 etc., 6 4 (of an abor- tion) N3 P3na i.e. into a lifeless existence, v" ban D^anp na-in Bn:n e* (of discussions leading to no result), note also the phrases W (iban, 1?an) <?an 7 15 9 9 , 'n »n ^ 6 12 9'; Jb 27 12 (v. felt), Is 49 4 ^?nj Wh|> for nought and vanity have I spent ray strength ; as adv. accus. vainly, to no purpose Is 30" *» 1£ P^IJ 73 r^ ^ 39' I ,, ?i1.' 1 . ? 3n ^ they disquiet themselves to no jmrpose, Jb 9 s9 : JU^ ^n 35" with Dm to comfort 21 34 Zo io 2 . iV. tO*?^ of false gods,Dt32 21 Bn^ana "a^oysdl V*&3) i K 16 1326 Je 8" I??, 'bn (nbn^.'pBa), io 8 14 22 trtan "bin, ■^r 31 7 N1B i ~ , ;?3n D , ")DtS'n empty vanities Jon 2 9 ; in more general sense Ec l M 1 2 8 D y3n 'an, 5 s . TTQ!"! vb. denom. act emptily, become — T vain — Qal Je2 5 =2Ki7 15 they went after vanitv v3'"i*1 and became vain, ^62" 'tt?} »f PIT* ' ~ • v3nPT?K do not become vain (i.e. be demoral- ized) by robbery; with cogn. ace. Jb 27 12 ritW panri ?an nj why do ye become vain with vanity (i.e. shew yourselves utterly vain)? Hiph. cause to become vain Je 23 16 (of false prophets) Dans? nan D , ?anp i. e. fill you with vain hopes. tH. /^n, 7^n n.pr.m. (perh. i.q. As. ablu, son/cOT 6 "*";'^. also We™ "" 11 - 70 : der. from I. ??n not prob.) second son of Adam Gn 4«*m»m». t^j^n] n.[m.] ebony (so Symm 93 Ki & moderns; otherwise © @; Egypt, heben, Lieblein Xz la86 ' a cf. Pinsker E " , " !ltUD88S ; Gk. $tm, Lat. hebenum)— only pi. D^an Ez 27 16 Qr (Kt Caain) D^ani |E> rrtJTg; it was brought fr. India, & (finer) fr. Ethiopia, cf. Sm & reff. f [^^71] vb. ? divide (so most, but dub. ; Ar. Jla cut into large pieces, cut up, is perh. denom. fr. iCl* a ' chunk' of meat ; comparison of Ar. ~JJ>- oe acquainted with, skilled in (AW Kn Di) is also doubtful ; if correct, then rd. nan; but cf.infr.)— QalP/ 3pl. ran Is 47 13 Kt, Pt. nan Q r; traaiaa trihri Dwron they that divide the heavens, that gaze at the stars (Kt would be rel. cl. without "y K); 'n then refers to the distinguishing of signs of zodiac, or other astrological division of sky, cf. Che; on zodiac in Babylon v. J e n KoMnoloe ""' 7tt ; & on planets & constellations Id lb - 95ff - Epping & Strm A '"»°° ml " , " !! .us b«i>. 109 « ; _buttextprob. corrupt ; GFM (June, 1892) suggests Tgh (cf. psrrnx ipn Ju 18 2 ). t N^H n.pr.m. eunuch of Ahasuerus (prob. Pers.; cf. 'Hyms, courtier of Xerxes, Ctesias

ran 

TmM ; also Herodot' 1 ■ s> ; Roed. in Thes Add) Est2 3 ;= ,| 3n 2 816 , yn 2". JJ77 ('»M*»war, then muse; cf. Ar. ^» 6urre, blaze (of fire), ma£« a murmuring noise in burning ; PS gives Syr. m^< flumtasma vidit, somniavit; Ethpe. & esp. Ethpa. mente con- cepit, imaginatus est; cf. also n J n ). T [^^n] n.m. murmuring (Che), whisper, musing (on form cf. Ba" 813 ")— only sf. ¥% . y^r 5 2 'n nj'a understand my murmuring (whispering, faint utterance), addressed to . ijr 39 4 'S^iia jjj j rt y musing i.e. while I was musing. rninan v. sub ru p. 151. tl. lull vb. moan, growl, utter, speak, muse (only poet.) (onomatop. ; NH ni7 muse, speak, S2>ell a word, so Aram. KJil; J^p, muse, esp. Ethpa. ; Ar. Li* satirize, insult, scold, also spell (borrowed mng.))— Qal Perf. 2 ms. rM^I consec. Jos i 8 ; is. WJH ^ 143 5 , W?ri1 consec. ^77 13 ; 7»y>/ r^lj Jb27 4 +8t.; 3 k nann ^35 28 +2t., nanK'^63 7 IS38 14 , «nj^ 2 ' + 2t, 13nnisi6 7 ; n|n?is59"; /«/ abs. tin Is 59 11 ;— . of inarticulate sounds: a. growl, of lion growling over prey, sq. 7JJ Is 3i 4 - *>• groan, moan, in distress (like dove), abs., Is 38 14 59 11 (nana ian); sigh for (?) in sorrow, mourning, moan for Is 16 7 (US' 7^, so also Je48 31 . . utter, sq. ace. rei, ^38"; subj. I** Jb 27 4 (|pn) ^ 35 28 7i 24 Is59 3 ; subj. "B ^37" Pr 8 7 — cf. also sub Po. infr.; sj>eak (abs.) J,ii5 7 (a instr.) 3. a. {soliloquize) medi, tote, muse, c. 3 rei, Jos i 8 (f I 2 63' 77 13 143 5 ; c. ace. IS33 18 , subj. a?, b. imagine, dwise, c. ace. ^2' Pr24 2 (subj. 3.?); c. Inf. It 15 28 (subj. id.) Po. Inf. abs. only 3.50 tin) tin ipsrna'l Is 59 13 a conceiving and an uttering, out of the heart, lying words ( || rODl pfs 13!) ; — on form cf. Kb L666 ; but rd. rather to") "n Qal /«/. o6«. cf. Di; Ba NB77 retains MT & expl. as Qal Inf. pass. Hiph. Pt. pi. D^SBVSn D'antsni Is8 19 those that make chirjrings and mutterings, of necromancers and wizards. tri^H n.m. JbS72 a rumbling, growling, moaning: — 'fl abs. Ez2 10 +2t.; — 1. a rum- bling, growling sound .tJR V3K) Tf Jb37 2 of thunder, as sound going forth from God's mouth. 2. a moaning 'HI 'HI D'J'p Ez

10 lamentations and moaning and woe. 

P 2 man 212 . a sigh or moan, as transient, ^'SB* 0*pj nty-nn n3n-1D3 ^ 90 9 we Jrimgr owr years <o an end as a sigh, i.e. a fleeting sound (cf. EVm VB). T ~pQn n.f. meditation, musing, only cstr. (with firm - cf. Sta l304c ) "3^ 'm nton "ST * ni3^3ri i^- 40/ my mouth shall speak wisdom, and the musing of my heart shall be understanding. TTV3n n.m. resounding music, medita- tion, musing; — 'n abs. ^o 17 02 4 ; cstr. Ji^n ^•i9 15 ; sf. DJ/WnLas 62 ; — 1. resounding music ; "11333 [i'jn *JB x/^92 4 ict^A. sounding music upon the lyre (Che); cf. npD 'n ^ 9 17 (a musical direction, v. TVpO). 2. meditation, musing

  • & |VCT 'B-'ION ^ 19 15 the words of my mouth

and the meditation of my heart; ateo in bad sense ^plotting ty Djtarn "Pi? *^I*3* 1 */* Z/ps of those rising against me, and their imagin- ing against me (|| Drfcfne v 61 ; cf. I. fljil 3 b). fll. H^H vb. remove (Thes comp. fWl — Qal /y. nan is 27 s (Di rds. nan); / n /. ai«. ton p r 25 4 - 5 ;— '"IDS? D , ?"P ton Pr 25 4 remove (lit. a removing) dross from silver; as sim. of follow- ing fB , ?Sp V'BH i3n Pr 25 s remove (the) wicked before a king; n$*gjl inra nan I s 27 s , ace. to Di (v. supr.) he, ('») &a<A removed her (i.e. sent into exile; his people under fig. of faithless wife) % /iw harsh wind; so transl. also Ew Che (he scared her away) Brd BV VB ; De follows MT, regards as ellipt. rel. cl., and renders by ptcp.,' sichtend (i.e. sifting, winnowing) heftigen Hauches,' but conjectures flMJ (Inf. abs.) MH, "»an n.pr.m. v. M». - ■■ ' AT" IJn (NH Jan, Aram. fan be suitable, fit, worthy: on orig. mng. cf. Fl in NHVVB, s.v.) [pan] adj. appropriate, suitable? (cf. NH Aram., supr.) — Win ttfjfn Ez 42" the corresponding (!) wall, Ke ; otherwise Vrss (® raXu/iou, 33 separatum, etc.) ; Thes connects pan with preceding JfTJ, 'aptus, idoneus (de via),' AV RV 'the way directly before the wall;' in neither connexion does it give good sense, and the text is doubtless wrong cf. Sm Da. ; Co conj. rU1V*nn ivnn the outer court. "I JH ( v^of foil.; 1 cf. Ar.Ji* forsake, retire; jjli* emigration, Jlegira). t"^n n.pr.f. Hagar, Sarah's Egyptian maid, mother of Ishmael, Gn i6 14 - 8 (all J), V s - is.is.1. 25 is ( a n P ) t 2I 9.».i7.i- ( an E ) t*nan 1. n.pr.gent. only pi. Dnan + 8$; BWfBS 1CI15 10 , tPKHJOO 1 Ch 5 ,9i0 ; a tribe (Aramaean 1 Arabian 1) with which the E. Jordan Israelites waged successful war ; v. dub. conj. as to identity in Glas Bk '"° "• m . 2. adj.gent. of an officer of David TJSJ HI 1 Ch 27 31 . 3. n.pr.m. father of one of David's warriors njrr|| 1 Ch 1 i 38 (but || 2S23 36 nan "33, so here Ot,' cf. Be Th 8 " 1 Dr Sm ). D'w^an, D^tnan v. foregoing. "in v. sub *nn.

  • T7J"7 (perh. make a loud noise ; so Ar. ju»

(of a falling building, rain, the sea, a braying camel); ixi crash (of a, falling wall, etc.), iijLa thunder f. TYTT n.m. 1 * 16 ' 9 shout, shouting, cheer (of a multitude; on formation compare 01 s181 * Sta' 218 ");— 'n only abs., Is i6 9 + 6t. Is& Je;— 1. shouting in harvest Is 16 10 , Je48 33 - 33 - 33 where TTT] t6 TJOT, Tin IpT iib, i.e. the shouting is no vineyard-shouting, but that of the foe, cf. infr.; comp. 25 30 1 shall utter (nay) a shout like the (grape-) treaders (sq. H? n W^l Hf)- Hence also 2. shout of the foe Is 16 9 (7j ^S3), Je 5 1 14 (TJOT i]^y OJfl); cf. 25 30 48 33 supr. tin n.[m.] id., only Ez7 7 D^n in (joyous) shout on mountains (opp. nDWD »iot«e of battle). t-TTH n.pr.m. Hadad (® 'Afcp but v. TOT Aram, n.pr.div. DHM AU - n - In8Chr - " on s «° dKl "' ,1 » and n.pr. TWOS Scholz G0, "" a,en,tl!45 , rWTUTW Eut 8BAk 1887, 410 cf g ae B.1 68 & gub T^-p p. I 2 2 J also i<taa, etc., in cpd. n.pr. Bez Tol " ,1 - An » ro » bmik. Ha^ad, Adad, Addu is known as an Aram, deity, weather- or storm-god, cf. Bae e.1 67.68. perh- _ thunderer D1 ZK1886 - 166 Bae'% cf. fOf); on Hadad in Arabia cf.We 8kl "«° lliM ; Sab. TOT Hal 27 ; as n.pr.div. Heb. only in cpd. n.pr.m., v. infr.) — 1. name of kings of Edom, a. Gn 3 6 36 = i Ch i 46 , Gn 3 6 M = I Ch I 47 (TOT); b. i Ch i 47 (|| Gn 3 6 39 TOT), v 51 (Tin). 2. an Edomite CpnKn) 'n i K ti>««*«* (Tin); = t">^y"T"iri n.pr.m. Hadadezor (so Aram. iMOT/TWrm Eut 8BAk1886 - 679 cf. Bae^ 1187 ; ® throughout (erroneously) ' A&pa(a)£ap;— Hadad is Mp(er), cf. COT i K 20 1 & Ph. TjJfflDW); king of n3iS(q.v.),son of 3nn, defeated by David aS8 M.io.u. nj$rrOTv* M, »(=?JHE!q*- io 16 - 16 -"

Ch 1 8 s - 6 - 7 - 8 - 10 ' 1 * 1 9 1619 , all erron., v. laser, supr., 

& cf. Bae lc ' Dr on 2 S 8 3 io 16 ); also iKii". pomn 213 t]i'3^ _ T']n n.pr.divin. (or n.pr.loc. der. fr. n.pr.divin.), Hadadrimmon (=n.pr. divin. Hadad (cf. supr.) + n.pr.divin. Rim- mon, Ramm&n, v. |to"]; cf. COTZci2 u Dl ZK188COT & on ques t; on f nom j oc or ,ji v i u Brd z ° Baud studl29St Hi-St z ° Ri HWB RS 8BmLSW ) —in simile of mourning in Jerusalem 1BDD3 ji-™? rym psrpr Zci2 11 ;on / nforn3iDnnn Am 4 3 , v. |i»-in; & cf. Hi-St Gunning. tn*7Jl vb. stretch out the hand (cf. Ar. (^ju» lead, guide, Aram. Pa. -jot) Is n 8 nnn IT, sq. ?$?, the weaned child shall stretch out his hand upon. ^ TT!fi n.pr.m. one of the family of Caleb (ace. to Thes = .Tin', 'i leads cf. 01' CTb ' p - an ; but dub.) *VC i Ch 2 47 (Baer; al. ^jnj). rnii v. 1W1. t^lin n.pr.loc. India (Old Pers. Hind'u Spieg A.tp.r.. K ,i 1 i„.Or. i! « g kr SindhUt gea< gre(U river, v. reff. in Ro™ e " Add83 ,Yule Anglo " I1>dl * ll01 ° K * ry '

  • •*•; cf. in Ar. ila, Aram. o*jo», etc.) only

t?«-nyi who (T^an) Est i 1 8 9 (® in both a*-A T D~[i"Tn n.pr.m. 1. Arabian tribe, called son of Joktan Gn io 27 (cf. Di)=i Ch i 21 ; Glas IL 435 comp. Bauram near San'a in Yemen (Sab. BTffll CIS "• *• "• ' ; © 'o8o PP a Gn i o 27 , ® L o8opp« F ; i Ch i 21 ®B om, ®L ASapafi). 2. son of Tou (>#l) king of Hamath i Ch ^'"(©'iSoupa^, ®L A8<o paH .); so rd. prob. in || 2S8 10 , for CTS cf. ® 'U&Sovpav, v. We Dr). — D"l""in v. p. 214. T^^Trr n.pr.m. one of David's heroes 2 S 2 3 30 =^n iChu 32 . 'pi Jm] vb. cast or tread down (Ar. i»)Ij» tear down (a building), synon. of lii) — Qal Imv. D'SJEh ^iq Jb 40 12 cast or tfrraa' doton wicked men. TI Dill (v of foil., cf. Ar. lii overthrow, overturn, cast dov:n. T DTI n.m. stool, footstool, always joined with Dy?l I only in poet, and late writings, (properly something cast down, low) — 'n abs. ifr no 1 (or cstr. bef. ?, cf. Ges 5130,1 ); cstr. La2* + 4t.: — footstool, never lit., usually of ^ Is 66 1 $JQ 'H }HKni *KQ? D^pe'n; elsewh. with ref. to sanctuary Ivf! 1 (cf. ^31 Dipt? Is 60 13 ) La 2 1 , or perhaps of ark (as place on which God rests) f 99 5 132 7 , b?i 'n^i Tina jvw£ nrwtp n*a U'rpK 1 Ch 28 s ; of conquest of enemies of Mes- sianic king by Yahweh's agency T??k rPB>K tDin n.m. , " Mls myrtle (-tree), only late (NH, Aram, id.; Ar. ^Xi (in the dialect of Yemen); also JS, Aram. HDK, Li^' ; c f. Low So25 )— abs. 'n Is 41" Ne 8 ,s ; Din Is 55 '»; pi. BfTqD Zc i 8 + 2 t. (on form cf. Ges»' 91B - 4 )— I841 19 (H'-fiBteUji, "irnn, enia, joe' }»5>, nse*, ris?); TsSS 13 (||#n?; opp. isiDn^Din b$> NeS 15 (||nia« y$ % BT9? % 1W~Y)> >3; , "3^8); pi. Zc i 810 ".

  • """p^H n.pr.f. Jewish name of Esther

(=my^«,onform cf.Sta* 199 »)Est2 7 (cf."WDN). t [*|Tn] vb. thrust, push, drive (IIl] in !; Ar. i-JJLa is ingressus ad aliquem fuit, propinquus fuit, also of time jrrope accen- sit)— Qal Pf. 3 ms. sf. iDT] Nu 3s 23 Je 46 15 ; is. sf. Tasini consec. Is 22"; Impf. 3 ms. ^nj Prio 3 ; if. 3ms. fcSnrvjNuss 20 ; sf. 3mpl. DR»ft Jos 23 s ; 3 mpl. sf. WD^.T Jbi8 18 ; 2 mpl. «nnn E7.34 21 ; Inf. *h] Dt6 :9 q 4 ; sf. na - ]?

K 4 s7 ; — 1. thrust, push, subj. man, sq. ace. 

Nu 35 2022 (here fatally); subj. cattle, fig. of men, Ez 34 21 (instr. 'lFDa ; || HJJ); push away 2 K 4 21 (Cehazi, the Shunammite); thrust away (fr. oneself) fig. = reject, D^^H n -'- -^ r IO * (subj. '»). 2. thrust out, drive out, sq. |D of place whence & ace. pers. ; of '< driving out enemies of Isr. fr. Canaan Dt6 19 o 4 Jos 23'; cf. also indef. subj. T^n^K list? W^JTIJ Jb i8' 8 fj*r$ ^ariCfl); & Je46 15 (where no pi', whence). Hence 3. = depose Is 22 19 of' deposing Shebna (sq. JO of station). t,r? |m] vb. swell (?), honour, adorn, (NH "l^n adorn; Aram, "l^n, »»i Pa. adorn, honour; perh. all denom.; cf. Palm, n.pr.f. mnn ornata, honorata Vog 510 ' 56 ; Ar. JXi ie 0/ mo account/ but also ferbuit (vinum) & '.xji inflatus, tumens (venter)) — Qal Pf. 2 ms. ^TFJ] Lv 1 o 32 ; 7»»g/! 2 ms. "ronri Ex 23 s Lv 19 15 ; P<. pas«. "Win Is 63 1 , pi. Dniin i s 4 5 » (p 0S s. Dnin ® opr;,cf. Di, but v. in): — 1. swell, only pt. pass. pi. Is 45 2 (si vera 1.) in neuter sense, of hills, swelling places, swells of land (made level before Cyrus). 2. honour, pay honour to, sq. ace; in good sense |i?J '3B $!!"! Lv 19 32 (H) and thou shall honour the face of an old -in

win man (|| Dlpn Tt£p 'JBJ3); in bad sense (of par- tiality, favouritism) ^TD »3B TinTI $ LV19 15 (H) (|| ^pia sfe-n s6) ; cf. tana -vinn n!j Si Ex 23 s (JE; either rd. b'li for hi, — 1 not needed at beginning of v., — so Kn SS al., yet © irivrfra ; — or suppose balancing cl., as Lv 19' 3 , to have fallen out, cf. Di). 3. adorn, only pt. pass, adorned, made splendid iC^O^a inn IS63 1 . Niph. Pf Wjnj La 5 12 were (not) honoured, subj. D^g) 'JB. Hithp. Jmpf juss. 2 ms. Tinnpl Pr 25" honour oneself, i.e. claim honour. TTin n. [m.] ornament, adornment, splendour, only cstr.DUPD'n Dn 1 i' 20 splendour of (the) kingdom, cf. AV RV, i.e. Judaea, or perh. Jerusalem ace. to Leng Hi Meinh ; but rather royal splendour, cf. Gr, & esp. Bev who reads 'n Tayp K»3i3 (for <§ ffXO Tajro), i. e. an exactor who shall cause the royal sjilendour to pass away. TTTTI n.m. + m * ornament, splendour, honour (chiefly poet.) — abs. 'n Dt 33 17 + 12 t.; cstr. Tin Is2 10 +7t.; sf. T^] Mi 2 9 (but cf. infr.) Ezi6"; Tllll f 45 6 90 16 ; ^Vjq ^45"; THi] Ez 27 10 ; irnq'ls 5 » La i 6 ; pi cstr. 'Tin yfr no 3 (but rd. prob. TV1 so Symm Jer edd.; 01 Hup Gr Bi Che); — 1. ornament Pr 20 29 (grey hair, for old men; || rnssri), Ez 16 14 (fig. of ornaments of Jerus. as bride of ); Tin yy na Lv 23 40 (H) i.e. fruit of goodly (ornamental, beautiful) trees, so AV RV & most, or goodly tree-fruit, © Kapnbv £<.'Xov apalov, so Di; — here would come also EHp nina fno 1 , ref. to sacred, festal garments, ace. to Thes al. cf. RVm; but read prob. on the holy mountains, vid. supr. 2. splendour, majesty Dt 33" of Ephraim under figure of a noble bull (cf. Di); of Jerusalem Is 5" cf. La i 6 ; of Carmel Is 35 s (|| 1133); of majesty & dignity conferred by '* on man ^8 6 (|| T>33), on king

1 6 (|| id., Tin), c f. 45 < (pin) & v 5 (but fart, 

perh. crron. Che ""■ °) ; denied of suffering servant of '» Is 53 s (||"W); of dignity of good & capable woman fon DEW) Pr 3 i 2S (||% of splendour due to warlike equipment Ez 27 10 ; especially of majesty of '» 1 Ch i6 v =yj/g6 e , cf. Jb 4 o 10 fin 3 (all pin); also ^104' (|| id., under fig. of garment); further i/e 29* (||D3), 90" (11^3); in combination T] ,n "1133 Tin f 145'; 1 1133 v 11 ; 1JN3 Tin Is 2 1019 - 21 . 3. honour, glory f 1 49' for saints of '» ; cf. Mi 2* of s glory as possession of his people, lost byexile& slavery: but perh. txt. err.; Hoffm ZAW 1882. 103 , prop. Trnn f r . their children ye take freedom (yet ?y» then hardly suitable). 'ITTVirjJ n.f. adornment, glory — onl}' cstr. nyvi;_ 1. Ehp-Tl holy adornment (Che y ), always in connexion with public worship of '< 1 Ch 16 s9 2 Ch 20 21 f 2 9 2 96". 2. iWn the glory of a king, fig. of Ey"3"l, Pr 14 28 . TTin n.pr.m. a king in Edom (Aram, form) Gn 3 6 39 ="nn ( q . v .) 1 Ch i 60 (so here Codd., although © throughout AbpaaCap. TRn interj. expressing woe, alas! Ez

2 howl ye Din Wfl alas for the day ! AV 

Woe worth the day ! (cf. Di'b PlilK Joel i 15 .) "}"Tj™f interj. i.q. the more usual 'in (q.v.) Ah ! Am 5 16 of mourners in-in nc*o niswrbai. ^H JC29 23 Kt, v. wn. W)H m. K^H f. (pi. m. nan on ; f em . n ?5, ]•}. [the latter only with prefixes]; see these words), pron. of the 3rd ps. sing., he, she, used also (in both genders) for the neuter it, Lat. is, ea, id. (The K is not ortho- graphic merely, but radical, being written on Moab. and Ph. inscriptions, though dropped in some of the later dialects. [In Heb. only Je 29 s3 Kt, and in the pr. n. »»^f.] Moab. (MI 6 - 27 ) and Ph. (often) Nn ; Aram, of Zinjirli Wl, once W (DHM lMchr - Ton Send » ch,r " w ) ; S MWI, WH, Syr. oot, «5; Ar.Jjt, <Ja (for hii'a, hl'a, W SG1M ); Eth. (D-X-f: fiht: we'etu, ye'etl; perh. also As. sd, Si, himself, herself, suff. su, Si, cf. demonstr. suatu, siati (v. Kraetzschmar BAS.I.SB & reffij W SQ98.105 J)] J Mb. 57) J n the Pent., Kin is of common gender, the fem. form K*n occurring only 11 times, viz. Gn 14 2 20 5 38 25 (v. Mass. here), Lv n 39 i3 10 - 21 i6 3 ' 2o' 7 2 1 9 Nu 5 1314 . The punctuators, however, sought to assimilate the usage of the Pent, to that of the rest of the OT, and accordingly wherever ton was construed as a fem. pointed it "in (as a Qre perpetuum). Outside the Pent, the same Qre occurs 1 K 17 16 Is 30 33 Jb ton

"* — prob. for the sake of removing gramm. anomalies : five instances of the converse change, viz. of N s n to be read as WH, occur for a similar reason, 1K1J 11 (JWTjflWl 73KJ11 to be read as WWpiWl 73KJ11, on account of the fern, verb) f 73 16 Jb 3i llb (fiy K*HI HD1 Kin "3 D'Wfi to be read as D^S J1JJ KW1 HOT NV1 »3), Ec 5 8 1 Ch2 9 16 . The origin of the peculiarity in the Pent, is uncertain. It can hardly be a real archaism : for the fact that Arab., Aram., & Eth. have distinct forms for masc. & fern, shews that both must have formed part of the original Semitic stock, and consequently of Hebrew as well, from its earliest existence as an independent language. Nor is the peculiarity confined to the Pent.: in the MS. of the Later Prophets, of a.d. 916, now at S. Petersburg, published in facsimile by Strack (1876), the fern, occurs written KW (see the passages cited in the Adnotationes Criticae, p. 026). In Ph. both masc. and fem. are alike written Kn (CIS i. i 9 Kn pix i?d, l. 13 Kn ji3k?d, 3 10 Kn dik, ." Kn 1137DD, 93 2 94 2 ), though naturally this would be read as hu or hi' as occasion required. Hence, as © shews that in the older Heb. MSS. the scriptio plena was not yet generally intro- duced, it is prob. that originally Kn was written for both genders in Hebrew likewise, and that the epicene Kin in the Pent, originated at a comparatively late epoch in the transmission of the text — perh. in connexion with the assump- tion, which is partly borne out by facts (cf. De ZKWL 1880. pp. ao-39.^ tha( . £„ th(J J der l anguage fem. forms were more sparingly used than sub- sequently.) In usage WH (f. OTlj pi. nan, BTJ, njn : v. nsn) is 1. an emph. he (she, it, they), some- times equivalent to himself (herself, itself, themselves) , or (esp. with the art.) that (those) : a. Gn 3 1S e>K"i 1B1B" Kin he (® alrbs) shall bruise thee as to the head (opp. to the foil. nnK thou), v 20 for she (and no one else) was the mother of all living (so oft. in causal sentences, where some emph. on the subject is desirable, as Ju 14 3 + 24 s 25 15 33* 91 3 103 14 148 5 Jb 5 18 n 11 28 24 Je 5 5 34 7b Ho 6 1 n 10 : Dr 1814 ' 18 ), 4 20 Adah bare Jabal CTpnK 3t* ^K tWI NW he (iKeivos) was the father of tent-dwellers, v 21 io 8 he began to be a mighty one in the earth, 20 s (<iirris), Ju 13 s Is 32 7 33 s2 2K I4'- 22 - 25 ; Ho io 2 he — the unseen observer of their thoughts and deeds (Che), I3 13b (he, the foe figured by the E. wind). (For its use thus in circ. clauses v. LViOT.iM.rau*) And where the predic. is a subst. or ptcp., Gn 2 11 • . . 3?Dn Wn that is the one which encompasseth etc., v 1314 io 12 that is NIPT the great city. So in the explanatory notices, Gn 14 3 nban d> Kin that is the salt sea, v 8 nyiTKln (hat is Zoar, 36' + oft. b. pointing back to the subj. and contrasting it with something else: G114 4 Kin"DJ 73n Abel, he also ... v 2 * io 21 20 5 Kin-DJ-K'm and she, herself also said, Ex i" -foft. C. appended alone to avert (more rarely, but always with intentional emphasis), Ex 4 14 I know Kin "fflp 131 »3 that he can speak, v" 1 S 22 18 D"jn33 Kin y:en and hu (though none else would do it) smote the priests, 23 s2 for one hath told me, Sin D"iy: Di« He can deal sub- tilly, Ezi2 12 (peculiarly),* cf. Dr 4100 "-: very rarely indeed to a noun Nu 1 8 s3 Kin '•Ijn f Is 7" Kin Est 9 1 (nen) being probably all the exx. in the OT. d. Gn 1 3 1 and Abram came up out of Egypt, Wt?K1 KW himself and his wife, and all that he had, 14 16 Vjajn Kin he and his servants, 19 30 ; so very oft. e. prefixed to a noun (very rare, and mostly late), Ex 1 2*' 2b Ez 3 8 & 33" JIBn Kin ■ to pr. names Ex 6" pnKI ntPD Kin, 1 Ch 26 M that Shelomoth, 27 s 2Ch28 22 32 12 (diff. from 2 K 18 22 ), v 30 33 s3 Ezr 7": cf. Dn Ne io 38 (comp. in Syr. o'o., Nb f227 ): cf. ^87* 1 S 20 29 . 2. It resumes the subj. with emph. : a. when the predic. is a verb (esp. if it be separated from its subject by an interven- ing clause), Gn 15 4 but one that shall come forth out of thine own bowels, I^T? &W1 he shall be thy heir, 3 12 the woman whom thou gavest to be with me, 17 nyi3 Kin she gave to me, 24' 44 17 etc. Ju 7 4 2 S 14 19 (throwing stress on 3trt') 1 Ch n-° Is 33 1S " 16 34 16 38" 47 10 59 16 63 s Ho 7 8 ; oft. inPr, as io 1822 - 24 1 1 28 ^ 13 ^ 21 22 9 24 12 ; 1 S 1 13 (v. Dr), ^ 68 s6 . b. when the predic. is a noun, Gn 2 14 and the fourth river, n"lS Kin it was the Euphrates, v 19 9 18 15 s 42" Mn'ejDi'l Bwn and Joseph, he was the ruler etc. : in sentences of the type Wfyfln Kin ' Drtan Kin "< D?" 5 , V^tO «W 'i, Dts 22 "4* f io 9 Jos 13 1 " 3 Is 9 14 33" Ho 1 1 5 (in these cases, to avoid stiff- ness, it is convenient often to drop the pron. in translating, as ' And the fourth river was the Euphrates:' the pronoun, however, though it then corresponds to the substantive verb in English, does not really express it, the copula, as the exx. shew, being in fact understood. Sts. in AV the pron. is retained for emphasis, as Dt. II. cc.) So c. after "KM? in an affirmative sentence, Gn 9 3 all creeping things 'PTKln "KM? which are living, Lv n 39 Nu 9 13 14 8 35 31 't'X ni»^> yen Kin who is guilty of death, Dt 20 20

S io 19 Hg i 9 al. (On 2, cf. Dr» 

. with 04.. . Where, however, the pron. follows the NTT

Nin pred., its position gives it the minimum of emphasis, and it expresses (or resumes) the subject as unobtrusively as possible : thus a. Gn I2 18 why didst thou not tell me "jntW '3 SW that she was thy wife? 20 13 21" "]jnr S) Sin for he is thy seed, 31 20 because he told him not SW rn'3 '3, 3 7 s + oft. (the opp, order rare and emph. : Gn 2 4 65 Dt 4 6 30 20 Jos io 2 1 K 2 K 3 4 2 1 2 Ho 2 4 yfr 45 12 ). b. resuming the subj., Gn3i 16 all the wealth which God hath taken etc., 13*33^1 SW 137 it is ours and our children's, v 43 and all that thou seest, Sin "h it is mine (or, omitting the pronoun, as not required in our idiom, simply) is mine, 41 25 ins njPB Dl?n Sin the dream of Pharaoh is one, 48 s (on v), Ex 3* for the place whereon thou standest, mn EH? irons it is holy ground, Nu 1 3® 2 1 26 Dt i 17 Jos5 15 6 19 'jb3 19 + oft,;Gn23 15 Sin-np...pN ) so yfr 39 s Is 41 22 (nan) ; nan .... Dns (unusual) Zp 2 12 . (In all such cases the predicate is not referred directly to the subject, but, the subject being made a casus pendens, it is resumed by the pron., and the pred. thus referred to it indirectly. By this means the sentence is lightened and relieved, esp. if the subject consist of many words: in Gn3i 16 for instance, the direct form of predicate V? '3 waso n'nps ?»irri na>s -ftyn-ba wjnin would have been heavy and inelegant.) So c. after "K5>S in a negative sentence, Gn 7 2 17 12 R? IK'S ^ n 'lO? which is not of thy seed, Nu 17 8 Dt 17 15 1K8" (cf. nan 3 c). d. peculiarly, as the subject of SO, Jes' 2 &W1 *W lie is not; and as embracing its predicate in itself, Is 1 8 M a nation terrible tWTJO ( = SW ns>S») f rom (the time that) i< teas, Na 2 9 tWJ , D' l p from the days that (st. c. Ges* 130 - 4 ) ft mots, 2K7 7 they left the camp S'n 12>K3 as it was (cf. n»n T^N3 v 10 ). (0n3, cf.'Dr> 198 - wlll,ot ') . It anticipates (as it seems) the subject viz. a. (rare) Ct 6 9 'ncn TOV> S*n nns one is »A«, my dove my perfect one, Lv25 u Ezn ,6 2i 16 , La I 19 " tWl pns (oft. so in NH) ; Ec 6 10 JHty D"1S Sin "IK'S and that which he, even man, is, is known (De Now); cf. 1 S 6 19 H£« Sin rnpo 137 an accident is it, (that) hath befallen us. (Cf. iTOn 4 a.) b. after pronouns — (a) 2 S 7 s8 D'npsn Sin nflS Thou art he— God, ^ 44 s nns '370 Kin thou art A« — my king, Is 37" 43 s5 (■03s), 51 91012 52* Je 14 22 29 13 Kt+ ; cf. Je 49 12 npjn npj SW nriSI and art thou he (that) shall be unpunished ? (with change of pers. Kara avvtaiv, cf. Ju 13 11 1 Ch 21" Ez 38 17 .) So Ew» OTb Mull' 499 . But others, as Ges The> Boo"" De" *■»•♦*», treat Sin as emphasiz- ing the pronoun, ' Thou, he, art God ' i.e. Thou and none else art God; ' Thou (emph.) art my king.' (/3) IWI n?, sq. a ptcp. or subst. Gn 27 s3 yjr 24'° "rtan yba ro mi <d who is he, then— the king of glory? (ace. to others, as before, ' Who (emph.), then, is the king of glory ? '); sq. a verb Is 50 9 *J|*^ *W H? who is he (that) will condemn me? (al. ' Who (emph.) will condemn me?') Jb 4 7 13 19 17 3 41 2 Je 30 21 (so with nan Gn2i 29 , nan Zci 9 4 6 ). ( y ) twrni ti Ch 22 1 Ec 1 17 (freq. in NH, where the two' words coalesce into one WJ). On the analogous . . . on n^j, v. nan 4 b ( y ). (Cf. Dr im -*>) . As an emph. predicate, of God, ' I am He,' i.e. I am He Who is (opp. to unreal gods, named in context, or to transitory world), the Unseen, yet Omni-present, and Self-consistent, Buler of the world, tDt 32 s9 SW 'OS OS I, I a m he, and beside me there is no God, Is 4 1 4 (v. Che)

10.13 eyen from t(>( ] a y J ftm ^ 4 g4 4 gl2 ^ IQ2 28 

(v. Che) thou art he, and thy years have no end (© USU. (ya> flfit : in ij/ ail de 6 aii-os ef). So also, ace. to many, Jb 3 19 , but is Sin a mere predi- cate of identity ? v. rather 3 b. . In a neuter sense, that, it (of an action, occurrence, matter, etc.) — a. Jos 2 21 Dp/iTra SW"|3 ace. to your words, so be it; Gn42 14 TOST -MM Sin that is what I said, Ex 16 23 Lv io 3 2 K 9 s6 ; Jb 8 19 13m 'encD sin jn lo that (what has just been described) is the joy of his way, 13 16 15 9 31 28 Pr 7 23 Ec 2 1 3^ 9 9 Est 9 lb ; similarly the fern. S^, J u 14 4 they knew not S^n 'iD >2 that it was from Nu 14 41 Jos io 13 IS14 24 ^77 10 S"n >ni?n ft (this perplexity) is my sickness, Jb 9 s2 Pr 18 13 Je 22 16 2 Ch 25 20 Ec 3" ; ref. to nsr Am 7° ^ 1 1 8 s3 Jb 5 s7 , nf Ec 2 24 . (Where there is a predicate, the gender of this usually regulates the choice of m. or /. : hence Kin Gn 34" Ex 8 15 Nui5 26 (Ec5 5 ) Dt 4 6 +-) b- affirming the presence or existence of something (rare) : 2 K i8 36 =Is 36 2 ' fllSO *| ^i? =|JI3n for it was the king's command, say- ing etc., 1 S 20 33 (text dub.), Je 50 1 " 5 51 611 Mi 2 3 , pern. Jb 32 s . . With the art. Win, swi, ntsnn Dnn, nann : so regularly when joined to a subst. denned itself by the art.: Gn 2 12 Sinn jnsn that land, 1 9 36 sinn nWni and in that night, 21 22 n^3 wnn at that time, Dt i 19 snum Wsn iancn Sinn. Only four times does there occur the anomalous construction Sin np , A , 3 Gn i9 :a 30'" 32° 1S19 10 . f[K1Jl] vb. fall (Ar. u££ id. e.g. of a D'OT star Qor 53 1 ) — Qal Imv. Jb 37 s for he saith to the snow H? T " X "? Fall earthwards (an Arabizing usage). ffUVI v. [*?»].

  • nn W oi f° n -; De j^39 m c ° m p- Bed -

Jj^A crash, roar, resonance; ' weithin hallende Selbstverkiindigung ' Id. ^ 8 6 ; but Sli ordin- arily means be gentle, quiet, esp. in speech). tl. Tin n.m. Jb37 ' !a splendour, majesty, vigour (chiefly poet.) (NHi'd.)— 'n abs. Ihtf™ + 8t. ('fin iCh29 n ); cstr. Is 30 s0 + 3 t. ; sf. fft Dnio 8 ; Tl* 1 Nu27 20 +2t.; ijjfcl Pr 5" ^ I45 4 ; W* 1 Hoi4 7 +3t.; nhh J e 22 18 ;— 1. splendour, majesty, of king T^H 1 - , IT 1i1 V' 45 4 ; vby me'ri -nrn nin -f 21 6 , subj. '» ( || iiins 3t» ^njn^a); foretold of the nox Zc 6 13 wniwrj i«D3-^y k^ 3B»;i iin ; c f. nubo "rtn **J| [n>i

Ch 29 s5 ( confers on Sol.); 11 tty «nj l6l 

noj>8 Dn 11 21 (of usurper); v. also n'ih "inn Je 22 18 in lament for king. Hence also 2. divine splendour, majesty, light & glory which God wears as king: J?^ *f$t ">in ^104' (7t. joined with tin); cf. Jb4o 10 where '» addresses Job in irony; lin tenia Pri^y Jb37 m ; wsb nnni 'n f 9 6 6 =i Chi 6 s6 ; also nh?n 'nni nsjni hn.Ksnni n-jaani 1CI129 11 ; see further Wn omf nsa Hb3 3 (HH29 n?! 5 *? toWn); BSfrr^jf Tjtt nan-ns^ ^8 2 (1^ n^trno jnxn-^33); also tfCBn. HS"^> W" V' 148" ( || "i-=ob iotf 35'K'?); IJrtn "fas nnn 145 4 ; of Yahweh's actions 'bVB "VWJ nin 1 1 1 3 ; of his voice ibip nin-flK *» ytpfni Is 30 30 . 3. a. splendour of Israel under divine blessing inin 1"N? VI Ho 14 7 . b. majesty, dignity, authority of Moses NU27 20 (P; only here in Hex) #JJ1 vSy nnino. Also, c. manly vigour J™"!? nnin t^nnt^ Pr 5 9 , in warning against licen- tiousness ; as displayed in outward appearance n"nEtob^y ^sna nini Dnio 8 (||D'3). 4. of a horse, majesty, majestic force HO'X T

nin 

Jb 39 20 the majesty of his snorting (majestic snorting, VB) is a terror; also in sim. of Yahweh's dealings with Judah, D1D3 DniK Bf] nor6tS3 inin Zc 10 3 and he will make them like the horse of his majesty in battle. + 11. "ft! n.pr.m. {splendour, vigour) — a man of Asher 1 Ch 7 s7 . trrnin Kt, nnin Qr, n.pr.m. only in 'rh "OS Ne 7*" of a Levitical family; = rnnirt Ezr 2 th q.v. sub m

mrfi 

TrTHin n.pr.m. (my sj>lendouris PaA) — 1. a man of Judah 1 Ch 4". 2. Levites a. Ne8 7 9 s 10"; b. Ne 10". 3. a chief of the people Ne 10". tiTT^n Qr Ne 7" v. tftlr supr. t r r rrtr i , iTPTrtn. inv-nn n.pr.m. v. t : — ' t: — ' sub m r[mn] vb. become (Ar. <j£i to fall (v. N}n), also to gape or yawn, and to desire (cf. ™h): cf. PI""" 6 ' 2 ; Aram. MJQ, )o« the usual word for io 6« (prob. orig. to fall out, accidit, hence come to pass, come to be, yiyviadaC), Mish. id. very common) a rare syn. of rpn q.v.: — Qal Impf. apoc. KW] Ecu 1 (for W with K otiosum; Ges* 7 ^ 13 ' Kbn"- 69 "; but Gr. plaus- ibly Wft)j /mi;, ms. .Tin Gn 27 s9 , fs. *!Jj Is 16 4 , P<. njnEc2 K Ne6 6 :— Gn2 7 2 » T"^ "*?J ^ become lord to thy brethren, Is 1 6* (perh. in unit, of Moab. dialect) iO? TTID "'in become thou (Zion) a defence to them, Ec 2 B "n 3 Ne6 6 . tn^in n.f. 1. desire ; 2. chasm, fig. de- struction (cf. jyb desire, 'yt atm osphere, empti- ness, IjjLa a deep pit, hell (cf. sub nin); Aram. ]Loi gulf, chasm (Lui6 26 <S)) cstr. ttE Mi 7 ' 3 +, sf. WJ Jb6 2 +, pi. rftO f5 10 + ;-l. rf«»ire (in bad sense) Mi 7 3 te>M flV} n3n speak- eth tlie desire of his soul, Pr io 3 D'yen n?n, 11 6 QH33 'n, ^52" inriS fir became strong through his (evil) desire (but read rather with ©SLagGrBiCheNowWnS: ||i1fV 3 )- 2- «»- gulfing ruin, destruction Jb 6 2 Qr 30" (cf. Baer's note) wn of Job's great calamity; pi. (intens.) ni^n, esp. as wrought, or meditated,by one against another, ^ 5 10 H'fln D31J3 their inward part is engulfing ruin (Che), 38" n^n r>31, 52 4 alttj'n ^ie^ (of. Pr 17 4 rfoo fxfy, 55 12 n3-ii?3 % 57 2 'ri I'iy: ny till <Ae «<orm of ruin (Che) pass by, pi 3 'n ~yi destructive pestilence, 94 20 11 KB? the seat (tribunal) of destruction (i.e. which ruins the innocent by injustice), Pri9 13 a foolish son is 1*-?$ rfWJ, Jb 6 30 (cf. v 2 supr.) ITrt n.f. destruction, sf. Wn Jb 6 2 Kt, i.q. WH (Qr), and prob. an error for it : v. >"fln 2. trtflh n.f. ruin, disaster (cf. sub Wn) Ez 7" 6 K^3Jn nin ?y ni'n disaster shall come upon disaster, IS47 11 "lil ^l^y Vani disaster shall fall upon thee ( || ny-j, nsb!). •~ 1 ^^ i.e.ilVP n.pr.dei Tahweh, the proper name of the God of Israel— (1. MT n J n %Ms (Q r t*b> or Byi;^ (Qr B^|f), in mrr

mrr the combinations mil' 'JIN & ijnN TOT" (vid. iftfQ, and with prep, njn'3, nin^>, ni.TD (Qr ■il»3, 'pt6, *t&&), do not give the original form. © and other Vrss follow the Qr. On the basis of Ex 20' Lv 24" HIIT was regarded as a nomen ineffabile (vid. PHl deV "» K °"" tl - la9 - 529 ), called by the Jews B#n and by the Sa- maritans NO" 1 !?. The pronunciation Jehovah was unknown until 1520, when it was intro- duced by Galatinus ; but it was contested hy Le Mercier, J. Drusius, and L. Capellus, as against grammatical and historical propriety (cf. Bo' *). The traditional "la/3* of Theodoret and Epiphanius, the WJ", ~in^ of compound n.pr. and the contracted form iT, all favour njTC (cf. ptifcp ^74 6 ; ^H" Is33 n )> v.Lag B ' m114 Baudissin 8,udieoll79<r -; Tj r stud. Bib. i.nr. For Jeve V Sta ZAW lm ' Sm ]) e lb. 1884 173 f. A Gn. Excnn. II. 2. on liter, of interpret, v. Nes EgCT Dr 1 c — Many recent scholars explain niiT. as Hiph. of mn (^n'n) the one bringing into being, life- giver (cf. njn Gn 3 s0 ) Schr HSch ; giver of existence, creator, Kue Tiele ; he who brings to pass (so already Le Clerc), performer of his pro- mises, Lag, Nes E888 (but Nes E|M1 inclines to Qal as KS Mt - * For - K *"■ v. infr.) ; or from 0*1 he who causes to fall, rain or lightning ES OTJCedI423 ' on>-«i.2.*« c f. We*""" 1 "'; 'Faller,' destroying foes, Sta GL429 (dubiously). But most take it as Qal of nin (= fVn); the one who is: i.e. tfie absolute and unchangeable one, Ri ; the existing, ever-living, as self-consistent and un- changeable, Di ; or the one ever coming into manifestation as the God of redemption, De Oehl ; cf. also ES Br "- lForKTB,!,1S76 , he will be it, i. e. all that his servants look for (cf. Ew '"*•), he will approve himself (give evidence of being, assert his being Dr lc17 )). I. mT is not used by E in Gn, but is given Ex 3 12 ' 15 as the name of the God who revealed Himself to Moses at Horeb, and is explained thus : "^V iTnK I shall be with thee (v 12 ), which is then implied in !TnN "IB'K rrns / shall be the one who will be it v 14 * (i. e. with thee v 12 ) and then compressed into iT^X v 14b (i.e. with thee v 12 ), which then is given in the nominal form ffiiT lie who will be it v 16 (i. e. with thee v' 2 ). Cf. Ew BTh " 837 ' 338 RS'- c - Proph - 3851 Other interpretations are : / am he who I am, i.e. it is no concern of yours (Le Clerc Lag r»u.Bi OT on.i M ^ . j am ^ tn j g is my m me), i n . asmuch as I am (X*K='?; AE JDMich "We IDThoi.MO-CM.p.HM.TJ) . jj; a J J am w}w J am> he who is essentially unnameable, inexplicable. — E uses miT sparingly by the side of DWN and DWKH in his subsequent narrative. The Ephraimitic writers in Ju S K use it in similar proportions. P abstains from the use of niiT until he gives an account of its revelation to Moses Ex 6 3 ; but subse- quently uses it freely. He gives no expla- nation of its meaning. He represents that ""H® ty was the God of the patriarchs. J uses mrr from the beginning of his narra- tive, possibly explaining it, Gn 21 33 by pN D?1J?, the evergreen tamarisk being a symbol of the ever-living God; cf. De Gn2i 33 . Else- where niiT is the common divine name in pre- exilic writers, but in post-exilic writers grad- ually falls into disuse, and is supplanted by D^rbti and ^IN. In Job it is used 31 t. in prose parts, and 12 9 (a proverb); not else- where in the poem. Chr apart from his sources prefers DWN and DWKn. Dn uses nin* only in chap. 9 (7 t.); Ec not at all. In the Elohistic group of 1/^42-83 it is used 39t. (see DWN). It occurs as the name of Israel's God MI 18 . It is doubtful whether it was used by other branches of the Shemitic family, cf. COT Gn 2 4b Dl r * ,58ff - n r stud.Bib.i.7ff. II. 1. m.T is used with Dvfat and suf- fixes, especially in D; a. with *pn?K in the Ten Words Ex 20 2 -" (5 t.) = Dt 5 6 '- 16 '; in the lawofworshipof JE, Ex23 19 34 24 ' 26 ; inD234t.; Jos i 917 9 924 (D 2 ); elsewhere Gn 27 20 Ex 15 26 (JE), Ju6 26 ; S & K 20 t. 1 Ch 11 2 22 1112 2 Ch 9 8 - 8 16 7 Is 7 11 37" 41 13 43 3 5i 15 55 6 Je40 2 + (3t.) H012 10 13 4 14 2 Am 9 15 V81 11 . b. with DfrfSfS in D 46 t.; D 2 28 t.; H 15 1.; P15T.: elsewhere Ex 23 s5 (E); 8 24 io 81617 (JE); Ju 6 10 1 S 12 1214 2 K 17 39 23 21 1 Ch 22 18 + (10 1. Chr) ^ 76 12 Je I3 16 + (5 t.) Ez 2O 6 - 7 - ,9S0 Jo2 13 + (6t.) Zc6 15 . c. with IJVjSk inD23t; in D 2 5 1.; Ex 8 6 (JE) Ex 3 18 5 3 S 22 ' 23 io 2526 (E) Ju ii !4 1 S 7 8 1 K 8 6759 - 61 - 65 2 K 18 22 19 19 = Is 3 6 7 37 20 , 1 Ch i3 2 +(i5 t. Chr) Mi 4 5 7 17 Is26 IS Je 3 22 + (i7t.) V20 8 90 17 (?; Baer *frf) 94 s3

5.8 .9.9 , 05 7 Io6 47 „ 3 6 I22 9 i 23 2 Dn plO.13.14 

d.c. DiTnS? Ex io 7 (J)Ex2 9 46 - 46 Lv26 44 (P) Ju 3 7 8 M iSi2 9 "i K9 9 2 K if ■»■»■">■» 18 12 2 Ch 3 1 6 33 17 34 s3 Ne 9 3 - 3 ' 4 Je 3 21 22 9 30 9 43 1 - 1 50 4 Ez 2 8 26 34 M 39 a28 Hoi 7 3 5 7 10 Zp 2 7 Hag i 1212 Zc 9 16 io 6 . e. with VnSs Nu 23 21 (E) Ex 32" (J) Lv 4" (P) Dt 17 19 18 7 1 S 30 6 1 K 5 17 11 4 15" 2 K5" 16 2 2 Ch i l + 13k Chr; Mi 5 3 Je 7* ^33 1J i44 15 146 6 Jon 2 2 . f. with I^U Nu 22 ' 8 ( JE ) Dt 4 6 18 16 26" Jos i4 8 - 9 2 S 2 4 24 1 K 3 7 5 1819 mrr

irNin" 1

28 I7 20 - 2 ' i Ch 2 1 17 22 7 2 Ch 2 3 6" Ezr 7 s9 9 6 

f f A 13 4 i8 M 30 s13 3 5 M 40' 104 1 io 9 M Is 25 1 Je 3I 18 Dn 9 4a) Jon2 7 Hab i 12 Zc n 4 13 9 14 5 . g. with rfvfy* Is 60 9 Je 2 1719 3 13 Mi 7 10 Zp 3 17 . h.. with D'il/K, probably always due to later editors, or to a Qr which has crept into the text Gn 2 4b — 3 s3 (J, 20 1. either DTO inserted by R p as Di De ; or RUT inserted by J in an older source); Ex 9 30 (J, but not in © Sam. ; Sam. mrr TIN; possibly MT from earlier Qr, & Sam. from later Qr); 2S7 2225 (© HW »nn and iCh 17 20 - 23 only ROT); 1 Ch i7 16 - 17 (but 2 S 7 1819 mrr yiK) 1 Ch 28 20 29 1 2 Ch i 9 6 41 - 41 - 42 26 19 (but in the original ^132" stood niiV (so -§), or else no divine name); ^72'* (the late doxology) 84 12 (but it makes the line too long) ; Jon 4 6 . For the combinations with other divine names see those names. 2. the phrase fTtfft ^K is noteworthy: — a. after 1DK either alone Ex 6 2!!9 (P) or before relative and other clauses: Gn 28 13 (J) 15 7 (R) Ex 6 6 (P) with tpnbto Ju 6 10 Ez 20 5 . b. after '3 J)T (a) Ex 7 17 8 18 10 2 (J); Ex 7 5 14 418 (P); 1 K 20 1 " 8 Je24 7 Ez 6 7 + 48 1. Ez ; (/3) with Qyrbtt Ex 6 r 16 12 Dt 2 9 6 (P) Ez 20 20 Jo 4 17 ; (y) with WWlfej Ex 2 9 46 (P) Ez 28 26 34 30 39 22 - 28 ; (8) before re- lative and other clauses Is 45 3 4 9 23 - 26 6o 16 Ez 7 9 i7 24 2i 10 22 22 35 12 36 36 ; (*) with various forms of trip Ex3i 13 (P)Ez20 12 37 28 3 9 7 ; (flwith vrm Ez 5 13 1 7 21 , cf. * ^K IB-K WT. Ez 20 26 . c. after 'S in various combinations Lv n 44 ' 45 Nu 35 s4 (P), Lv 20 726 2i 816 - 23 22 16 24 K 25" 26' 44 (all H); Ex 15 26 (E) Is 41 13 4 3 3 61 8 Jet) 23 Ez 12 25 2 1 4 Zc io 6 Mai 3 6 . d. emphatic Ex 6 8 .45 2.3.8.30.31.33 (allP); Lvi8 5 - 6 - 21 19* I2 12 LV26 245 NU 3 13 .16.18.28.30.32.37 , , 12 j 2 MA30.31.3S ( aU JJ) Is43 15 ; with Dn ,| n^sEx2 9 46 ; with^n^Xls48 17 ; with D3'n^Lv2 3 43 25 38 ' 55 Nuio 10 i5 41 - 41 (P)Lvi8 2 - 4 - 30 ^2.3.4.10.25.31.34.36 2Q 24 ^22 ^13 ^ H) Ez 20 719 Jo 2*; with B>3EB Lv20 8 2 2 932 (H), with W31 Nui4 K (P) Ez5 15 + (ut. Ez); with clauses IS 27 3 4 I 417 42 68 4S *-MJUM"1 6q 22 J e , 7 10 32 27 Ezi4 4M 34 M ; t m ' T ^ is used in the Ten Words Ex20 2 - 5 =:Dt 5 69 cited f 8i" Ho 12 10 13 4 ; elsewhere only Ex 4 11 (J) Is 43 11 44 s4 51 15 . 3. HIIT is also used with several predicates, to form sacred names of holy places of Yahweh tmrv tm G1122 14 (J); »w nw EX17 15 (E) ufow mn* Ju6 24 upnx mrp Je33 16 (cf. 23 s where it is applied to the Messiah); nSBJ lUfD Ez 48*.— On combinations such as * "WJ, ntaX "> etc., v. "in, K35f, etc. Note.— Bonk ZAWim - m " seems to shew that as prefix, in comp. n.pr., 11T is the oldest and the latest form and that 'f is intermediate, be- longing to the earlier post-exilic period until the time of Chr ; occasional copyists' mistakes being taken into the account. Trr^ n.pr.dei contr. fr. mn first appears in early poems; Ex 1 5 2 rP nnon ^ My strength and song is Yah (cited Is I2 J i// 1 18 14 ), cf. the poetic extract HJ D3 PJJ ~l]=hand to the throne of Yah Ex 17 16 (E), the song of Hezekiah Is 38" (repeated by dittography), !T mr6 t?(tt) (so read in preference to the MT rPrcnpE') =Jlame of fire from Yah Ct 8 6 ; HliT JT3 Is 26 4 (ftVf sustained by Aq and the rhythmical movement, unless it be a mistake for IDt?, cf. f 68 5 ), VKm » f 68 19 . Elsewhere * is used only in late ty, especially in the Hallels, in the phrase fiJ~vXI praise ye Yah ip- 104 35 I05 4S I06 1 - 48 in 1 112 1 ii3'- 9 ii5 18 n6 19 117 2 135'" 1 146 110 147 120 148 114 i4 9 '- 9 150 16 , cf. also ,T bbw 102 19 n> Mrr 115 17 n? bbrm V'iso 6 (v. H*j); in var. other phrases ijr 77 12 8 9 9 9 4 712 1 15 18 n8" i7.i8.i9 I22 4 I30 s , 35 4 N^PP n.pr.m. (prob. contr. fr. MtfrVPss^ is He, cf. P* and reff.; cuneif. /a-w-a COT

K 16 23 2K9 1 (further ! 

Hp( .BAS 1.296. 329 Jag er ">• 468) ; . king of Israel who overthrew the dynasty of Omri (© Elov, A oft. 'V,® L 'lov) i K 1 9 161717 2K 9 2 + 36t. 2K9&10+ 12 2 13 1 14 8 is 12 ;

Ch 22 78 - 9 25 17 Ho i 4 . + 2. prophet of N. 

Israel in time of Baasha & Jehoshaphat (® Elov, A Eiijou © L 'Iou in K ; © 'lou, "Iijo-ou, A ©L 'Iijow in Ch) rKi6'- 7 -' 2 2Chi 9 2 20 34 . t3. one of David's heroes 1 Ch 12 3 (& 'IijovX, © L y lr)o->8). t4. a Judaite 1 Ch 2 s8 - 38 (© 'Itjaovt, A ©L 'Ir/ou). t5. a Simeonite prince 1 Cb.4 3 * (© olros i.e. KWf); A@L 'I>;ou). t TrtS'in, tnNV n.pr.in. ('" hath grasped; © 'ltoaxat, & 'Iwa^af; cf. also ^jC 1 ?, & cuneif. la-u-ha-zi for Ahaz, v. 1HK J and cf. further Jager"* 81 - 4 " 71 )— 1. TH^ king of Judah, son of Josiah 2 K 2f s,M 2 Ch36', = tnK^ v" (appar. = |3nv 1 Ch 3 15 ). 2. TriKin> king of Isr., son of Jehu zKio" 13 ^mmmmm j^i: 2Ch25 17 • 25 = 1^«i , 2K14 1 . 3. triNin^ king of Judah, son of Jehoram of Judah 2 Ch 21 17 25 23 =ln:in« : (ItPS) 2, q.v. 4. triKi' father of flNV Josiah's chronicler 2 Ch 34 s . tvWVP, Vrsi" 1 n.pr.m.@'Ia.<is( is strong, cf. E*N; or /ta<A bestowed, cf. Ar. JLl bestow; Ph. W n.pr.f.; Sab. Otvbtt Hal ,so , h*D1t« Hal 144 , ^0*f Hal 192 , cf. DHM ZMG ,883 ' I6 ) ;— 1. '^ king , nr MBA W 1880. til. ZA 111. S cf. also WJIBV— -anrr

{rcirr of Judah, son of Ahaziah (Jehoahaz 3) 2 K ia***«*» i 4 13 ,=:ew 2 K ii 2 I2 20 - 2 ' i 3 U0 I4 ij.i7.a , Ch 3 u , ch M n h**mm 25 :3K ; = EW 2 Ch 24 1 . 2. "VT king of Israel, son of Jehoahaz 2, 2 K i 3 10 - 2S if**-****^*^

K I3 »".i3.i3.i4.ss I4 i.aw 2 ^ 25 w.w-si-s».» Ho i 1 

Ami 1 . 3. 'v father of Gideon (Jerubbaal) J U 611.ffl.303! 7 H gl3.ffl.3S.33 ± ^ ft pr j nce of Ahab'shouse, called ^frrj3 i K 2 2 26 = 2 Ch i S 25 . 5. 'V one of David's heroes i Ch 1 2 3 (® 'Ian, 'ioiar, A 'Iojpat). 6. tWV a Judaite prince i Ch 4 s2 (® 'lo»8a, 'Ia> as ). + "Qtin "DtV n.pr.m. ® usu. 'I<ofa0a8 T T -. T r C' hath bestowed; cf. Palm. 13T133 Vog 73 ; v. also innat, ^af)— 1. ™ n> . servant & mur- derer of Joash of Judah lEll* (® 'It&favd) = 2Ch24 26 (® Zw{afcb, 'ic^a^, 'I<ofa0 f <9). . *^^T^ , three of David's mighty men, a. i Ch 12*; b. v 21 ; c. v 21 (® 'lafojSwtf, , I<»fa/3«8). . "Offer] a Benjamite chief 2CI117 18 . 4. priests & Levites, a. "OtfiV i Ch 26 4 ; b. "nTV

Ch 3 1 13 (® 'Efa3a^,'la,afa,3a(9; ®L 'laa&puS) ; 

- 35 9 (® 'WatfaS; ®L as foreg.); d. Ezr S 33 ; e. Ezrio- 2 ; f. Ezrio 23 ; g. Ne8 7 ; h. Nen 16 ; (d. f. g. & h. perh. the same man). tpnirT, l3JTt* n.pr.m. ® mostly 'lani/av, 'lavav C"< hath been gracious, cf. fJC?^, ^S?30 & reff.; also Ph. |JT$Sa ^330*)— 1. a. 'irP a priest Ne 12 13 ; b. high priest Ezr io 6 =fjni' 1 Ne 12 2223 appar. = 1™^ Ne 12 1111 (® 'lumOav). 2. 1n| Levite Ne 12 42 . 3. tO) son of Tobiah Ne 6 18 ' (® Codd. 'Ia>ra<W). 4! 'i^ porter in David's time 1 Ch 26 s (® 'lavas, ®L 'Iwadav). . In* a Judaite captain 2 Ch 1 7 15 appar.also 23 1 . . 1nj an Ephraimite 2 Ch 28 12 . 7. 1HJ an Israelite, Ezra's time Ezr io 28 . 8. "I* (& so all foil.) a Jewish captain, after fall of Jerus.

K 25 13 Je 4 8 - ,31S ' 6 4 l13'«5.16 42 1.8 43 2.4.5 

. eldest son of king Josiah i Ch 3 15 ®L 'Iwa^as (appar. = '09^^ 2 K 2 3 30 + ). 10. a post-exilic prince of the line of David 1 CI13 24 . 11. father of Azariah, priest in Sol.'s time 1 Ch 5 35 36 . 12. two of David's mighty men : a. a Benjamite 1 Ch 12 5 ; b. a Gadite 1 Ch 12". 13. a re- turning exile Ezr 8' 2 . tjH^liT, yT* n.pr.m. (^ knoweth; cf. ny>?., V^>» & reff., »t|»J?3)— 1. UtJ; ® usu. 'la>8a(, A Sts. 'Ium8a« (2S23 s0 - r ), ©L 'luaS (2 S 20 23 "IokiSSoi), father of Benaiah (David's time), in combin. / VPf| VTJB 2 S8' 8 20 23 23 2022 T<- , 8.20.32 J6.38.44 ,25.29.34.36.46 *4 j pj. j 1 22.24 jgl7 '; W33-J3 JTTilT 1 Ch 27 s4 is prob. erron. inversion of the usual order; n? alone only

Ch 1 2 s8 (where called pn*6 TJ^J). 2. 1BJ, 

® usu. 'la>8ae A sts. 'iwiaSaf etc., (chief) priest at Jerus. in time of Joash 2 K 1 i < - 9 »-" i >7 1 2 3 - 810

Ch 22 11 2 3 1,8 ' 8911141618 24 2 ' 3 - 61214141517 - 20 - 22 - 25 Je 

29 s6 . 3. VTp a builder at wall of Jerus., with Nehemiah, Ne 3* (® 'lottaa, 'lo«8a, 'lo>8af , etc.) 4. 1» son of h. p. Eliashib Ne 1 2 1011!B 1 3 s8 (® 'iwSa, 'icoSaf, 'lmaba). tp^rp, ja^rr, |<yr n.pr.m. ('» «;> pointetli) last king but one of Judah, son of Jehoiakim (® 'loxucciii; in K, ©L 'IvaKctp; ® in Je (usu.) & Ch 'U X ovias); fljjfci 4 ; 2K24 68121 ' 2 s 27 - 27 2 Ch 36 s9 Je 52 31 = ]y >_ v 31 ; = |^f Ez 1 s ; =ITJfb; Je 27 20 ; = .T3y' 2 8 4 29 s i T Ch3 1617 Est2 6 ; =W#?) Je 84'aaVi;^ Je 2 2 24M 37 ». D^iT , O^y , O^/V n.pr.m. ® Imom* ( raiseth up; cf. O'pvK & reff.; also D'pJ, '"™?i?)— 1- 'i'T one of the last kings of Judah, son of Josiah 2 K 23 s4 - 36 - 36 24'*- 6 -' 9 1 Ch 3 1516

Ch 36 4. 5 .8 Je j 3 22 is.24 24'+ 19 t. Je, Dn i 1 - 2 ; 

name changed fr. orig. D'pvK 2 K 23^=2 Ch

6 4 . 1 2 . D^V priest, son of Jeshua Ne 1 2 10 - 

.12.26 +3 _ Q^, ft J udaite j Ch 4 22_ ta-n^rr, :pTjti n.pr.m. © 'i*.^, 'I<oaf)ci|3, 'Iuapfi/x, etc. r' pleadeth, or conlendetti) — 1. name of a priestly family *VP 1 Ch 9' 24 7 ; = I' Ne 1 1 10 1 2 619 . 2. teacher in Ezra's time Ezr 8 16 . 3. a Judaite Ne 1 1 tTWJT, blV n.pr.m. ® 'laa X aX (Codd. have C, x> ' > f° r ^) (prob. contr. fr. ?3VW, is able) a courtier of king Zedekiah, *VT Je 37 3 ='^ 38 1 . tarrairr, n^ 1 n.pr.m. ('■< is noble, or is liberal, or hath impelled, cf. ""I/?"!?) — 1- '^'T son of Kechab & chief of the Bechabites (® 'lavaHafi) 2 K io 15'«-23 Je 3 5 8 -' 4 " 18 ;=: / i' 1 Je35 81019 . 2. fflj nephew of David (® 'ItflraSd/S, 'iwcaSa/i ; @L IwaAv) 2 S 1 3 5 ; ='1 2 S 1 3"**} (appar. called Jonathan 2S21 2 ' iCh20 7 , cf. jnjin; 3.) ]n2in , ) ]n3V n.pr.m. ® 'ava0av through- out, with occasional var. ( hath given; cf. jn^K, W5SU, ^™, & reff, Temanite jnMtn Ha jBBJi884. u: 7 f. Nbr stud - Blb -'- 211 ; Sab. D1N3H1 Hal 10 )— 1. 'iiT son of Saul 1 S 14 68 18" + 4ot. 1 S; 2 S i 4 + 18 1. 2 S; 1 Ch 8 3334 o 3940 ; ="f 1 Si 3 2 - 3 + 27 t. 1 S, iChio 2 . t2. 'i.T son of Abiathar 2 S 15 2738 i7 1 - 20 ;='.- I K i 4243 ! t3. Irp nephew of David 2S2i 21 = 1 Ch2o"; appar. called Jonadab 2Si3 8ff ' where ®L 'lavadav, cf. rnjnn -1

taEttftrr VT 1 2 . +4. '^ ; li" 1 ! of David, i. e. his uncle ] i Ch 27 M . t5. THJ one of David's heroes 2S 23 s2 (cf. Dr) = jr^ 1 Ch 1 1 34 . t6. In; one of David's treasurers 1 Ch2 7 25 . + 7. 'in? a scribe Je 37 1520 38 s6 . + 8. Levites a. 'in* 2 Ch 1 f ; b.'i'Neiz 35 . + 9.'in>priestNei2 18 '. + 10. 'in? priest to the tribe of Dan, son of Gershom Ju 18 30 . til. 'V a Judaite captain, after fall of Jerus. Je 40 8 . 1 12. f a Judaite 1 Ch **■ +13. 'V father of Ebed Ezr 8 6 . + 14. 1» son of Asahel Ezr io 16 . +15. 'V a priest Ne 12 14 . + 16/1 son of Joiada Ne 1 2 "" appar. = tjnirp 2 . trn^rP n.pr.m. (mng.dub.; Thea'> hath adorned (as Heb. my Hiph. ; vb. of Pa. form); MV is equipment, cf. Ar. jxc; possibly "» hath carried off spoil, or hath deposed (%. toy Pe Pa Aph ; cf. Haph. Dn 2 21 ) ; or perh. '< hath num- bered Ar. li) — a descendant of Saul 1 Ch S 3636 (® 'Ia8a, A 'Io)«a8a, ©L "ifflSa) = fTJ »! 9 42 - 43 (for rfJS* ? cf. Be ; © 'laba, ©L 'iwSa). ' jninrp 2 k i 4 2 Kt v. foil. tynyirp n.pr.f. (?du. (cf. Kt 2 K 14 2 ) or f.pl. of myirp, (my as noun) Aram, form; Klo 2K 14 2 cf. nirv njK-ny^, i 3 2 ; comp. Bab. n.pr. Ahulapia, v. vljlK p. 29 supr.) mother of Amaziah, king of Judah 2 K 1 4 2 Qr (Kt p*ljnn © 'loa8tip, A 'laa&civ), 2 Ch 25 1 (© 'luvaa, A 'laabtv, ©L 'ituaSeiv). tplSirP, pTJ'V n.pr.m. ( is righteous; cf. WJBT? Sab. bxpiV Hal 193 ) father of Joshua the high-priest, *VtJ Hg i 112 " 2 24 Zc 6" 1 Ch 5 4o.4i._/^ Ezr 3 28 5 2 io 18 Ne 12 26 (® 'l<o<rad<™, 'l<uo-<8(((). tcrrtTf 1 ', □"IV, Q"!' 1 n.pr.m. ^ is exalted ; cf. D"V?i>B; further, Ph. B1&S3, ^y3»"> ; Sab. D^K DHM ZMQ1876686 )— 1. 'in? (© 'Iapa/i) king of Judah, son of Jehoshaphat 1 K 22 51 2 K i 17 gl6.25.29 I2 19 2Ch2I 1.3.4.6.9. 1 6 g ^lAB^fl j £ g»*JI

1 2 1 Ch 3 11 . 2. imj (® 'Impap) king of Israel 

aon of Ahab 2K1 17 3' 16 9 "™™ a 2CI122'"; ='1' 2 K 8 16 - 25 ' 28 - 28 - 2929 p I4141616M 2 Ch 2 2 87 . 3. 'in? priest in time of Jehoshaphat 2 Ch 17 8 (® 'lapay., 'lapav). 4. 'V son of Tou, king of Hamath 2 S 8 10 (© 'uSSovpav) prob. err. for BTjhn ||iChi8 10 . 5. ffi* a Levite iCh26 2S (© 'itapap). t lQtrin nSOttfiiT n.pr.f . fi « an oa«/i ; cf. y3B"b«)— daughter of Joram of Judah, & wife of Jehoiada the priest; inefa? 2K11 2 (® 'Uaafct, Wa/3«0) ; = njaenfl? 2 Ch 22"" (® "Ia><raj3«). ny^Ojin'] v. foregoing. SflttfllT, 5#fcf», and (later) J«tt£, n.pr.m. (& loc, v. 9 infr.) ( is salvation, or '» t* opulence, cf. V?"^, yC' , ^K, yB"?S, & Nes 8K i892.s73f.. , n anv case [^ came to ^ associated with Wr, cf. Mat i !1 ; on S^ v. esp. Frii VOJlv. 1890,3321 Mflll SK.VU.vnt. who cite ana l og . fo r change of S to later — , & Nes' ) — 1. Moses' successor, son of Nun, (® 'irjaoit) y*E*in? Dt 3" Ju2 7 ;=yB i in?Exi7 9 - ,0 - ,3 ' ,4 24 l3 32 17 33"Nuii 28 I3 16 I4 «-30-38 - 26 65 2^18.22 32 12.28 ^17 £) t ,38 g* 3 ,3.7.14.14.23 34 9 J 0g ,1 + , 6? 4. J 0S . J u ,1 2 6.7J.21.23 i K i6 34 i Ch7 27 ;=5TlK i .':Ne8 17 (® , I,o-o{;s); ace. to P, name changed by Moses fr. yB'in q.v.Nu 1 3 816 (® Aid,) Dt32 M (® 'lijaoCr). +2. yS'in? a Bethshemite 1 S 6 1418 (® 'Qcnjc, A 'l^ois, ®L 'Ieoo-T/f). +3. h.p. after the restoration, son of Jehozadak jeffer (® 'i,(roCt) Hg I 11214 2 2 ' 4 Zc 3 1 - 3 - 6 - 8 - 9 6 n ;=W& (® 'I,<roC s ) Ezr2 2 3" 4* 5 2 io 18 Ne7 7 i2 1 - 7WS6 . +4. y^irr] governor of Jerusalem under Josiah 2 K 23 s (© 'Iijowr, © L 'Iao-r,*). + 5. && (© "I-jo-oDj) head of one of the classes of priests 1 Ch 24", possibly also Ezr 2 36 =Ne 7 39 . +6. J*£ (® 'lw»vt, etc.), a Levitical family-name of frequent occurrence : a. Ezr 2 40 3 9 = Ne 7" 8 7 9 4S io 10 1 2 8 . b. 2 Ch 31 15 EzrS^Ne^ 24 . +7. J**! (® id.), father of a builder at the wall Ne 3", perh.= +8. a Judaite family-name (® id.), Ezr2 8 = Ne7" (cf. Sm I-,llB ). +9. n.pr.loc. in south of Judah Ne 1 1 26 V<&Z (® iv 'ir,<Toi, ®L h 2ova). t[yOttJin";] only abbrev. (or txt. err.) yDBnn n.pr.m. ('» hath heard, cf. W?B*?K & re ff — a descendant of the royal house of Judah I Ch3 18 (® •Q<ra H <e{8), ®L Qvapa). tDDt.^^ ,, , tfiBttJV n.pr.m. © 'la<Ta(pa6, 'Iuo-a- tpar fijtath judged, cf. Bf^Nf. ^BQ?' & reff.) — 1. 'in? (so all exc. 5. & 6) king of Judah, son of Asa 1K15 24 22 2 +2it. 1 K; 2K1 17 1.7.11.12.12.14 8 i6.i6 , 2 i9 ,Ch3 10 2Chi7'4-4ot. 2CL +2. father of Jehu king of Israel 2 K o 214 +3. chronicler under David & Solomon, son of Ahilud 2 S8 16 1 K 4 3 1 Ch i8 u ; also 2 S 20 24 (@L 2a<pa*). +4. one of Sol's 1 2 officers who provided victuals for the royal household I K 4 17 (®L 'laa<ra<f>ar). + 5. 'V one of David's heroes i Ch 1 1 43 . + 6. *C a priest & trumpeter in David's time i Ch 15 24 . +7. in n.pr.loc. tSBB'i'T P?5? Jo 4 2 ' 12 , symbolical name 3W

•nn of a valley near Jerusalem, place of ultimate judgment. rUflV 1 n.pr.m. ('- is faliter ; cf. W$%, 9ffa, ^P&i & reff.)— 1. David's sister's son & captain of his host (@ 'I<oo/3) i S 26 6 2 S 2" + ioot. 2 S (also 2 S 20 6 for MT "B^K cf. @ We Dr); iKi'+qt. iK; iCh2 18 +22t. 1 Ch ; if/ 60 s . 1 2. a descendant of Judah 1 Ch 4" (but ®B ®L 'Ia,^n/3). 1 3. a family- name after the exile Ezr 2 6 = Ne 7 11 (® 'Ia>,9aj3, 'IaxiyS) Ezr 8 9 (® 'laaP). tnNV n.pr.m. ('" is brother; cf. VlJlW & reff.) — 1. son of Asaph the chronicler in Hezekiah's time 2 K i8 18 - 2637 (® 'Iom*,®L 'I<o«x), = Is 36 31122 (® 'l<oa X ). 2. Levites a. son of Zimmah 1 Ch 6 6 ; b. id. 2 Ch 29 1212 (® 'tea.laqrfc) 'la>8aaff). 3. son of Joahaz the chronicler in Josiah's time 2 Cli34 8 (® 'laax, 'I<aas). 4. a Levite, son of Obed-edom 1 Ch 26 4 (® 'load, 'lojaii, 'Ia>a8). VWfr v. in?i.T. T T * ^$i' , n.pr.m. @ 'lu»;X (usu. interpr. as '- it God, cf. W&J but Ph iur CIS 113214 & in ^jJB^tP (Louvre) appar. n.pr. dei, perh.= lolaos, CIS 1 "- 163 & reff.; v. also Nes Es86 RS K3oi. Nes gtrong-willed, cf. ^1, tal Sin. Inscr. JJ1., v. "6tn Eut 8 ' n • 1 ■ u<1, "• N<> • 5+0 ^ yet cf. j) r stud. Bib. (Tsn.. -^r ; n JtS lc - prop, connex. with Ar. Wdil in n.pr. trib. Bakr Wail (-/jj take refuge) cf. RS K194 )— 1. Samuel's first- born 1S8 2 , iCh6 18 ; ins. also v ls after ®L 'I<bi/X (cf. Dr 1 S 8 2 ). 2. a Simeonite prince 1 Ch 4 s6 . 3. a Reubenite 1 Ch 5 4 8 . 4. a Gadite chief 1 Ch 5 12 . 5. a chief man of Issachar 1 Ch 7 3 . 6. one of David's heroes 1 Ch 1 1 38 . 7. a chief of Manasseh 1CI127 20 . 8. a Jew of Ezra's time Ezr io 43 . 9. a Benjamite Ne n 9 . 10. the prophet, son of Pethuel Jo i 1 . 11. Levites a. 1 Ch 6 21 ; T». 2 Ch 2 9" ; c. 1 Ch 1 5 71117 , perh. = d. 1 Ch

s 26 K . 

©XV v. t?Nin T T ' "nri" 1 v. "ortrr. T T T t : t^SIV n.pr.m. ( hath remembered; cf. V^")?J; Sab. i>t03T Hal 187 ) — servant & mur- derer of Joash king of Judah 2 K 12 22 (® 'UCtixap, A ® L 'la(a X ap) J SsTJJ 2 Ch 24 26 (® Za/3(X, Za/3t<9, Zai3a(9). pnv v. ijgtrp. y-pv v. veto;. ps^ v. P3**. OVi v. D^inv yY*F v. *"Etaf». •T T ! tTsSi"' n.pr.f. ® 'I<oxa/3«8 (' , ?'s glory; cf. Ph. mptanaa) daughter of Levi, wife of Amram and mother of Moses Ex 6 20 Nu 26 69 (both P). bsv v. bjtrtj. STaY 1 v. anainv Tr rtfr> v. train*. Tiyi" 1 n.pr.m. ® 'l<oa8 ( w a witness) a Benjamite Ne 1 1 7 . t"VtyV n.pr.m. ('•> is a help; cf. WTH{, "•JT^I, Vlffi, ^H|B & reff.) one of David's mighty men I Ch I2 7 (© 'lafapa, 'lufaap, @L 'lefraap). tttJyV n.pr.m. ® 'law ('" hath aided (?; cf. Ar. Cj£); comp. Sab. nij&K DHM in MV) — 1. a Benjamite, son of Becher iCh? 8 . 2. an officer under David 1 Ch 27 s8 . pl^V v. Pixin } t T TT D^pY 1 v. D^g^nj. D"YV v. D"JVV. tODUJi" 1 v. BDB'ifp. T T T T • IQnV n.pr.m. ('* t'a ^>«r/ee«) — 1. king of Judah, son of Azariah (® 'laaBap., 'u>a6av, 'l<ova6av) 2 K IS W-»*-»-« ^ I Ch 3 12 5 17 2 Ch

2123 27 1 - 6 - 7 - 9 Isi 1 7 1 Hoi 1 Mil 1 . 2. young- 

est son of Jerubbaal (Gideon) Ju c> 7 - 2 '- 67 (® ut supr. ; Codd. 'ladafi, 'laaBap). 3. a descendant of Caleb 1 Ch 2 47 (© 'loaOap). t DHin n.pr.m. Canaanitish king of Heb- ron Jos io 3 . ^*J71m i 11 ** 1 ^- (onomatop.; cf. »»oot =W in Am 5 16 6,="»T!3 Je 5i 14 @; also Mod. Aram. a hH, u M (in a lament), So Urm " D1 "- mA )— expressing usually dissatisfaction and pain, Ah, Alas, Ha (not distinctly Woe! which is 'iK): used in lamentations, 1 K 13 30 and they mourned over him (saying) 'rfct •W Ah, my brother! Je 2 2 18 jVtK *>.*, nirw *1) V* ^ n nnh >im, 34 5 ^i^ nBD^ [Vik *i^ (cf. in~in Am 5 16 ): hence Is i 4 «£h <W «W ^1A/' sinful nation, v 24 JA/ I will ease me of my adversaries; esp. Din

preparatory to a declaration of judgment, Is io 5 *■¥ eoe> -mff 'in, i 7 12 28 1 , oft. sq. a ptcp. Ah! those that . . ., 5 81118 29 15 31 1 45 910 Je 22 13 Am5 ls 6 1 Hb2 M - ,:!1519 Zcn"+ (more sym- pathetic than J> "'iX): sq. '? Je 30 7 , b« 48 1 , ^5? 50 27 Ez 13 3 , ? 13 18 . Sts. hardly more than an exclam. arousing attention Ha I (though perh. with a touch of sympathy or pity) Is 18 1 55 1 Zc2 101011 Je 47". r[D^n, Dm] vb. murmur, roar, dis- comfit (Ar. Ili (med. ij) is rush about madly (lit., or in passion, love, &c), fig. be distracted; on V OV v. Hi* 65 ' 3 No 2 " 01883 ' 540 )— Qal P/. 3 ms. sf. DOm consec. Dt 7 13 J^TJ flDVlD 'n) ( subj.) amr/ fte sAaK discomfit them {with) a great discomfiture (ace. to Di 'ill is fr. DOn , here pointed as l"v because of nDWD; but v. Kb lm & reff.); here, ace. to No 1,0 -, belongs Impf. 1 s. cohort. niD^ny! (j. e . -v/^'y) V>-55 3 am driven about (Hi De), or distracted. Niph. Impf. 3 fs. Dhni 1 S 4 5 + 2 t. (on form cf. Ges* 72 * 5 ); be in a stir, of a city Ru 1 " (sq. 7V ouer, on, account of), 1 K i 4 °; of ground re-echoing shout

S 4 5 . Hiph. Imp/. 1 s. nD^K ,/, 55 s s fo?w 

disquietude (so most, cf. supr.); but 01 Che njen$*{(77 4 ); Lag Proph - Ch * ldx,,lil - 2 ' BN27 nonx ( v 18 ) ; 3'fpi." njo'iin (j nyonri) Mi 2 12 «% (i.'e.' fold & pasture) shall murmur with men. Tn&lrTO n.f. tumult, confusion, dis- quietude, discomfiture — abs. 'd Dt 7 23 + 7 t. ; cstr. neWlO 1S5" Ez22 5 ; pi. abs. ntanrp

Ch 15 s , nbVID Am 3 9 ; — 1. tumidt, confusion 

Am 3 9 (|| D'jWS'S oppression), disturbance, tur- moj7(opp. peace) 2 Ch 15 5 (||vb. DOilv 6 ),cf.Ez 2 2 s ; disquietude (of mind)Pr 15 16 ; esp. tumult & con- fusion, panic, as due to divine judgment "JlJDlnD Zc 14 13 cf. Ez f; also I S 5 9 and T11D noWD v"'. 2. discomfiture (due to '») in war 1S14 20 (cf. v 15J2 ); Dt7 B (ace. cogn. c. Din q.v.), 28 20 (|| m r SD, nnyat?); c f. 'D dV' is 2 2 5 (||np»o, nantp) a day of discomfiture Sf down-treading Sf confusion. DQin n.pr. v. sub DDn. T f flirt] v ^- be eas y C^ r- u^-* ^* light, easy, cf. ylS, ^£* ( v - i ,x )> Aram. NH Jin gen- tleness, »oot, JJoot is mind, sense; vid. conject. on development of mngs. Fl ChWB 1423 ) — only Hiph.. Impf. y'iini gq. Inf. Dt i 41 regard as easy to go up, or make light of going up ; so Thes Kn Ke Di RVm (construct, as Nu 14 44 nSbyb &*Fl, though || to this in Dt is v 43 ). S , wealth, sufficiency (poet., tpH n.m. almost wholly WisdLt, especially Pr; cf. 1 fiH p. 20 supr.) — abs. I'm Pr i l3 4- i5t. + Ez 27 1218 (where © $) cf. ^B*V Jin Pr io" (opp. t^h), 18"; Pr3» (innwan-b rr&ry) lTI*J |*1 Pr 6 31 Ct 8 7 , |ini JVa'pr i 9 ' 4 ; see 19 4 (opp. h) 28 s (opp. D'pl.); also 1//119 14 Pr 1 1 4 1 2 s7 13 7 " 2 4 4 28 s2 (opp. 1D11) 29 s ; Ez 2 7 "•'»■»•». 2. with n?D-|.a pretii, = raig>/i. value, or price fin *6a ^BJ) "lbon | 44 is -i.e. cheaply, = ' for no price at all' (||"VnD). 3. sufficiency, enough! in exclam. Pr30 1616 (so also <S£, Aq Sym Theod dpKtl). TpiH], assumed by Thes al. as ancient form for "W mountain, to explain "'"Vin Gn 49 s6 , rd. ^T>.in ; but better TJT™? everlasting mountains, v. in sub nil. yoJL'in lI.pr.m.='in , v . mni sub rm. t t * : ^©in v. sub yeK nSHtfin v. sub ye t [Jn)"!] vb. shout at, si vera 1. (Ar. ^* c. I a shout at, threaten, dialect, for o^a, cf. De ^r 62* who comp. Damascene y'Xi ^Xs- il>la rush upon one with cries and raised fist, cf. further Wetzst in De; so MV SS: Thes al. assign to [nnn], attack ; txt. dub.) — only Po. Impf. B^IPS V^nn +62*; but Hup Che rd. vpinfl be frantic against, cf. 102'. ffrtn n.pr.m. v. nrv. tfnFnj vb. dream, rave (Ar. <^jui talk deliriously, Syr. Jfot, in Lexx., id., cf. also VlSS ' V. esp. Bo m *™*- "• K > "• 680 ; ed - """"nm. toL U 782 . —only Qal Ft. act. pi. B^ Is 56 10 ^ N^ D , 33B' 'n n'3Jp of dogs, metaph. of false pro- phets. TVT (?)n.[m.] lamentation, -wailing, only Ez 2 10 »nj njn; D*yp n^X ninai and tort«m m i< were lamentations and mourning and wailing (© oim, woe/ Ew' 10 " comp. 'K, cf. III. 'K p. 33 supr.; ace. to Thes Sta !126b al. ^-"nj, 3 being dropped; 01 §T7 ' 144c would emend "«& so Co; v. ^n? sub nnj. Text very dubious). ^n v. mi. TTTT v. sub Tin. rrn

rm cl.), 2 9 25 (E), 38" (J, both 3 temp.) v 29 (3 Pt.),

S i3 10 (3Inf.); also 2 S i 2 'i3 36 1 5 s2 (circumst. 

cl.) 2 K 2' 11 (id.), 3 M , 13" (circumst. cl.). (d) rarely ^l (in this sense) sq. other constructions: RR IN 1 E 9 10 (c nspD); Impf. frequentat. 14 s8 ( c . tfcrno), 2 K 4 8 (c. nay "!!«?) j e 36° (c. 3 Inf.); Pf. consec. frequentat. 2CI124 11 (c. 3 temp.). (2) rarely also Pf. c. ) conj. <VJ}) (cf. Dr ' 133 ) sq. Impf. consec. as subj. cl. : 1S1" (c. several circumst. cl.), io 9 (c. 3 Inf.) 2 K 3 10 (id.), 1 S 17 48 (c. '?), Je 37" (c. 3 Inf.), Am f (c. DX temp.); also Je 3' (appar. c. I? causat., but obscure); I S 13 22 (c. 3 temp.) is foil, by N->1 & Pf. as well as Impf. consec. "b. less oft. njni Pf. consec. and it shall come to pass, or frequentat., came to pass (repeatedly, etc.) usu. (a) sq. simple Impf. (c. 100 t.): a. c. 3 temp. Dt2i w 25"+37t., (esp. WHO Di»3 Ho 2 1833 Is 7 18 - 21 - a + 2 1 1.); j3. c. 3 loc. Ez 47° Zc 13 8 cf. also Ho 2 1 (ifN Dipt33,'but perh.= instead of, cf. VB); y. c. indef. rel. cl., or its equiv. (» indef., etc.), cf. Dr* ,a ' w * 1 : Gn 4 14 NuifDtu" 18 19 J0S7" 15 Ju7 4 1S2 36 17 25

Sis 35 1 Ki9 17 20 6 Is4 3 24 18 Na3 7 Je27 8 42 4 

Ez47'Zci4 17 Jo3 5 ; 8. c. l^ 3 NU33 56 Dt28 ra Jos 23" Ju 7 17 Is 29 s Je 31 28 Zc8 13 ; e. less often with other modif. phr.: 3 Inf. Ex 33 s - 9 (both frequentat.), Jos 3 13 8 8 Je 25" 51 63 ;

Inf. Gn 9 14 (P) 2 K 4 10 Ez 44"; DN condit. 

I)t 20" ( + v" Dr 5118n ), also Jos 22 18 , where the arrangement is peculiar, & the condit. is expressed without DN (cf. Dr' 155 ) ; ? temp. Dt

12 ; yw? Is 23"; co.a Is 65 s4 ; tehna vin no 

Is 66*, etc. (6) n^ni'sq. Pf. consec. (c. 85 1.): a. most often + cl. c. ^ temp. Gni2 12 46 s3 (both J) Ex i 10 (E) Dt 1 1 29 Is 8 21 + 25 1,; /3. c. DK Ex 4 89 Nu 15 24 ; Dt ii ,3 + 14 1; also Gn 38 9 Nu 2 1 9 (both frequentat.); y. c. 3 temp. Gn 30 41 (frequentat.) 47 s4 (but cf. 01 Di) Ex i6 s +nt.; 8. c. indef. rel. cl. or equivalent (Dr""*- 1 ): Gn 24 14 Nu io 32 (Dr* 1,8n ) 21 18 Dt 2 1 3 Ju ii 31 19 30 Zc 14 16 ; (. occas. with other modif. phr.: "$& Gn2 7 40 +; ? Inf. Gn 44 3, + ; 3 Inf. Ex 3 f+ ; fl» a S 14 26 ; 3pV causat. Dt 7 12 ; also (c) sq. NP1 + simple Impf. Ex 3 21 (c. "3 temp.), (d) fTPO sq. Imv. (very rare) Dt 6 10 (c. "3 temp.), 1S10 7 (c. '?), cf. 29 10 , cf. Pf. consec. in command 1 S3 9 (c. DN). («) IJfJI sq. simple Pf. (also very rare) Dt8 19 (c. DK). (/) HVil sq . cl. without vb.: Gn 24" Jos 2 19 1 K 18 24 (all c. indef. rel. modifier, or equiv., v. (a) y, (b) 8, supr.). (a) HVt () conj.) sq. Impf. consec. v. a. (e) supr. II. Come into being, become: — 1. a. abs., in lively narrative, arise, appear, come 'iTlpl nyu niJVS Ex i 2 30 (J) and there arose a great cry 'in Egypt ; HjrWl Ez i» (del. Co cf. Da), 37 7 (del. bp © Co); nnnn npjn '9 Ex8" (J) Pharaoh saw that respite had come; Mi 7 4 now shall come their confusion ( || NU) ; also of con- crete objects f$9 nj^n nnv,} Gn 9" (P) and the bow shall appear in tfe clouds (||nriS"!31); 13 nn;n tfo msq Ex 16 s4 (P) and worms did not appear in it; of condition or action begun & continuing, as: famine Gn 12 10 26 11 (all J), 41 64 (E), Ru i 1 2 S 21 1 2 K 6*; strife Gn 13" (J), Hbi 3 (||S^ piD); oft. of action of the elements, as the coming of hail Ex g mMM (all J), thunder & lightning, etc., Ex 19" (E), rain 1 K I8 4 *, storm Jon i 4 ; esp. of creative fiats 1i« W Tfc W Gn i 3 let light appear, and light appeared, c f. y 581319 - 23 - 31 (all P); also arise, come on the stage or scene, 15BB' TPT V'lnttt Ju 3 31 and after him arose Shamgar (=OiJJl io 1 ); further .Til no'jjn Gn 15 17 (JE) and darkness came on; OJIJ "ipan Ex 1 o l3 (J) the morning came, 1 9 16 (E) ; D'l'n W + 1 S 1 4 ana" theday came, when (v.Dr),i4 1 2K 4 81118 Jbi 6 - ,3 2 I . b.sq.prep.: 3, terWp« OTj Gn 37 s7 (J) 6w< owr Aand, Ze« it not come upon him, of hand of' 1 S 5 9 7 13 1 2" + (all in hostile sense); tH* "iEte"^=3 * n3"13 'm Gn 39 s (J) and the blessing of* came into (on) all that he had; but also of plague Exi2 l (P); sq. ^5?, H??"^ *9 ^>W! V Gn 7 10 (J) that the waters of the flood came upon the earth; Hib WJ ^y Gn 42 s6 (E) Gn 9 2 (P) fear shall come upon, cf. 35^ (P) 2 Ch 14 13 17 10 20 29 + ; of wrath Jos 22 20 1 K 3 s7 ; so of Saul's evil spirit fr. God 1 S 16" 23 19 9 fa); but sq. ?y also in good sense * D , " , 1 V? , ™j 1 l conferring strength & efficiency Ju 3 10 1 1" (rrn=r6x Ju i4 6 + oft.), cf. Nu 24 s (JE) of prophetic power; (on * i: v)]) "nril 2 K 3 15 Ez 3 s2 and the like, vid. T); wby nrcn wrbx n: Ezr 8 31 , so f 80 18 ; even It? B*^"^ '^1 2 S 1 2 30 and t'< (the crown, niDy) ca?ne (i.e. was put, set) on David's head',- with a diff. mng. nnany Dn-'jjy njn» ny^.l 2 S 1 1 23 and «/e were close upon them even to the gateway (cf. We Dr); come, go, follow (sq. ,_ !D^) i.e. take the side of, adhere to, Ex

3 2 (JE) 1S12 14 2S2" 

r6 21 ; sq. k ofblessingsGn49 M (poem); of judgment, punish- ment Je 40 3 ; esp. ->K • • • ">3T *iV and the word of . . . came unto: word of Samuel 1 S 4 1 ; usually word of God (or '<) Gn 15 1 1 S ^'"-p; conrm

nn stantly in prophets : Ho i 1 Mi i 1 etc.; esp. Je & Ez: Je i 41113 2 1 i3 8 + ; Ez 3 16 6 1 7 1 h**** '"

18 + ; so also abs. HJB KB^n njn Is i 4 =» in the 

death-year of king Ahaz came this utterance; also sq. ft? J W H30D D'By *}p9 Gn 17 16 (P), 3B0 nw D>ia bnpi 35" (p), tvw rw SO Je 30 21 (flKJC to"^D); "lay-HO iTil bbri ISyn b« 3B> bin] Ec 3 20 all came from the dust, 4' all return unto the dust; J"IND bi"!3 fjXp W niS3^f n 2c 7 12 . 2. become: a. sq. pred. noun (to be viewed as implicit accus. Dr* 161 ' 3 "-, ac- cording to the Arab, usage ¥""■1"*") : 'rrb? DX npjn KW Gnf (J) i< was sA« that became the mother of all living; ?3n WJ no™ nafc njn |£1 |N2f np 4 2 (J) and A&eZ 6e- came a shepherd of flocks, while Cain became a tiller of ground; 2 S 8" Mi 2" + oft. b. sq. pred. adj. Gn 3 8 7 Ex 36" + ; cf. Gn 37 20 let us see what his dream will become (turn out to be, signify) ; O. become like (?), D'nbxs CUTW Gn 3 s and ye shall become like gods cf. v 22 , Nu n 1 (JE), H02 1 7 11 Iso 18 1K7 8 Zc 9 7 + ; cf. Gnis 6 so (H3) shall thy seed become; specif, of likeness in punishment Is I 9 I S 17 s6 -!-; also with 3 repeated |H33 DV3 njftj Ho 4 9 and the people shall become like the priest (lit., and the like of the people shall become the like of the priest), so esp. Is 24 s (6 pairs of words as above); n^ill VBH3 PTO Gn 1 8* (J), v. 3. b+cGn 27" his hands had become like the hands of Esau his brother, hairy, d. sq. pred. + p pers. *nTW f j'lK-faS TV$* Gn 24 s1 (J) and let her become wife to the son of thy lord, 1 S 1 6 21 1 K 1 1 " f 89 42 1 Chi8 6 +; = be instituted, establislied, iTHl D^ITpn Dnb Ex 30 21 (P) and it shall be established for tliem as a 2>erpetual ordinance (cf. f infr.). e. sq. ) pred. : njn t?aj!) DlNin WJ Gn 2 7 (J) and the man became a living soul; i"iy3~l8<p HJTB D'tWl Gn 2 10 (J) and it became four heads; D$T7W KVITM Gn 48" (J) he too shall become a jmple; D^JSp Vnl 1 S 4' and become (shew yourselves to be) men (||1p}nnn; cf. with double b, f infr.); Zp i 13 Ez 17* 47 12 Jb 16 8 ; jnarrba-by ?ibop "• rrrn Zc 14 9 ; "nil rob *n)l tGn 49 15 Jos 16 10 ; so oft.; also in sense of turn into, be changed so as to become, 'H'l K*njp Ex 4 3 and it became a serpent, v 4 7 10 Is I 22 Dt26' + ; fig. tteb WJ Jos 7 6 and j"< (their heart) turned to water, so J3N? ,Tn NIDI 1 S 25 37 ; or, serve as fniKOp Vnl Gn I 15 (P) ano? they shall become (fulfil the function of, serve as) luminaries, cf. v"; nna nixb HJTJJ Gn 9 13 17" (both P). f. oft. c. b pred. + b pers.: Dnb Wn (5**p n J?p n Gn ii 3 (J) and </te &wc£s became (served as) stone for them; HE'Nb , b , nni Gn

12 (E) cf. 24 67 (J) + , ... nbarn nbnp nrvirn 

d^P J 1 ??/ 1 ';>?b Nu 3 6"; nbaxb Dnbi *jb n;ni6 !l (P), Ex 2 10 15 2 Ju 8 s7 ; C'ribsb »b '" rrrn Gn 28 21 (E); jab »p-rw kvt] axb ib rwi$ -jk 1 ch 1 7 3 + ; = shew or prove oneself as b?n"|3p y~ iTn 1 S 1 8 17 shew thyself for me a valiant man (cf. 1 S 4° e supr.) ; = be instituted, established (cf. e supr.) Dbiirprip vjab*. jinsb r$n) Ex 2 9 28 and & shall be instituted for Aaron and his sons as a perpetual ordinance; cf. v 9 Lv io IS ; HIT"! Drnib Dbiy rarpb Dnn^o Dnb n'nb Ex 40* (all P). g . with by and b 1 s 2 2 2 n'e>b nrpby »nq and lie became over them prince, h.. sts. c. p pers. only = become the property of, come into the possession o/*0) iparjNS ib"-,T1 Gn 1 2 16 (J), and he came to have flocks and herds etc., 26 14 30 43 ; IHjn iViT £> sb Gn 38 s not his should the seed become; v Hjni J u n 31 it shall become Yah- weh's; Dtio 9 Jos 1 3 s9 1 Kio 26 n 3 + offc.; so of a woman, as wife ^p W^nn Jui5 2 ^way to /ter J«co?ne thine, cf. also inynob (te^ DB>K »iT» I4 20 , H03 3 Eui 13 Lv2i 3 Dt24 2 Je 3 ' Ezi6 8 (and also+ ne»Kb, tTBOp v . f supr.) III. Be (often with subordinate idea of becoming); — 1. exist, be in existence (i.e. orig. liave come into existence), H^n T^X D'Ojrrbs 1 S i 28 all the days which he shall have been (lived, = , n Gn 5 6 etc., cf. Dr Sm ), Jb 3 16 , Is 23 13 ; oft. c. a loc. H x ? nj£ ffJB niiffn ryib bbi Gn2 5 (J) and there was not yet in the earth any shrub of the field; '131 STN Hjn «b nVs31 Nu 26 s4 (P) and among them there was not a man to be found, etc.; also VjnNI Vfify Wnn Qi>3 njn «bl Jos io 14 ( JE) <fc tJiere hath not been a day like that before it nor since, cf. 2S14 25 1 K18 5 2i 25 23 s5 Ne I3 M + ; somewhat weaker, in the freq. introductory clause B^K , !T! now there was a man Ju 1 3 2 1 S 1 ' 9 1 Nu 9« (P), Jb 1 ' + ; on .THK IK'S n^riK Ex 3 14 v. niiT, 2. abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) 1H3 HB*0 T1 Ex 24 18 and Moses remained in the mount forty days, etc., so 34 28 (both JE), JU17 412 1S6 1

K11 20 2K n 3 =2 Ch 22 12 +; alsoLv22 27 
5 28 (both H), etc.; sq. ^ temp, remain until 

Dt22 2 iK ii 40 2K15 6 2Ch5" 26 s1 Dm 2 ' etc.; cf. Dbirb IW Wn Ec 3 14 ; so also of space mn

sq. IS? exlmd unto, as far as, Jos 19 10 : of net beneath altar, Ex 2 7 6 shall reach as far as pV) the middle of the altar. 3. with word of locality, be in or at a place, be situated, stand, lie; nlfra DflVna Gn 4" (J) when they were in the field, nbnna'nbqK BB> nnj-f^ Eftf? 1 3 3 (J) the place where his tent had stood at first; ny)2$ rvnn jn«m 34 >» and the land, it lieth before you; cf. Jos 19 1 Ju 7 18 Mi 5 6J ; sq. ?5? be, be found or situated upon Is 30 25 ami there shall be upon every high mountain etc., streams, water-courses; Ez 3 "f' and my dwelling- place shall be over them; fig. of guilt t$ n^ill OW Dt 1 9 10 and blood (-guilt) be upon thee. 4. as copula, joining subj. & pred. : — a. sq. pred. adj. Dnang D1T3B' VH»1 Gn 2 s , iTn tS^naril tins 3 1 , D'^'a Dni'na 34 s5 , TghTW Ipi W 39 6 ; Dt 2 3 l5 'josV Jun 1 Jhi 1 '^ 2 Ch 7 2 ' 1 . b. sq. pred. nounGni 2 9 18 25 3 36 14 40 13 1S17 3442 2S8 10 20 25 1K10 6 2K3 4 5 11 iCh 9 20 n 20 i8 10 26 10 2Chi 3 7 ; hfJ^^enWI^'? 2 Chi 8 s2 (|| 1 K 2 2 33 «n PT*" -I^D-^-"?)-)- ; oft. of age: d'jb' ytrni nja* D-ytfrna D")?$ *$$ Gn J 7' ( p ) 2 K 8' 7 14 2 15 233 18 2 2 Ch 21 20 27 8 + ; sq. pred. Inf. abs. (very anomal.) ->iDri} =]ibn VH D^H] Gn 8 5 ; = amount to, come to, in enum. of days of life, number of people, amounts of money, etc.: Gn 5 .5.8.11.14 „29

29 ii 32 23' + ; Ex 38 s4 Nui 46 , etc. 

C. sq. adv. & adverbial phr.: Q'lSH flVH aitTKb VOp Gn 2 18 (J) it is not good that the man be alone; D^S mii TTftfr Jftrfc hn i8"(J). d. sq. prep.: (a) be with, accompany c. QV, subj. most oft. '* or WTVti with added idea of protec- tion, aid Gn 2 6 3 3I 3 39 10 48 21 Josi 3 6 s Jul" 2 18 1 S3 19 18 12 20 13 1 K i 37 1 Chi i 13 2CI117 3 ; sq. ney Gn 28 20 31 5 35 3 ; sq. D?, human subj., of ac- companiment Cflpfpa? pntr}3 jnbn rvniNe io 39 ;

Ch ii 12 , rd. also in || 2 S 23' (Th We Dr); = 

be on the side of 1 K i 8 ; c. 0)1 also = be near lOrnm |^|-B? njn « :|KJ>M 2S24 16 (cf. Dr); also

S 13 20 implying sexual intercourse, so Gn 39 10 

(perh. gloss, cf. Di); peculiar uses with OV are: ySTfrl JPTO? "J? l?.?K-ia^ 2 S 3 17 and the speech of A. had been with the elders oflsr., cf. I K i 7 ; 71133? 'OK TO 3?b _ Dy W 1 K 8 17 and it was with (i.e. in) the heart of David my father to build, = 2 Ch 6 7 cf. 1 K 8 1818 1 Ch 22 7 2 Ch 6 88 2 4 4 ; also 1 K io 2 = 2 Ch 9'; (6) be with, sq. HK, subj. wrbtt, Gn2i 20 39 221 but also c. human subj. *n?.i?«?"n? vn V331 Gn34 5 , cf. iS29 3 +; (c) sq. b of possessor 'HT? n, ,n D "3 3 Is 5 l a vine- yard hadmy beloved, Gn 30 30 cf. Ex 20'= Dt 5 7 , Ju 18 27 1 S 9 s 1 K 5 8 + oft. (cf. I. 2 d, f. h) ; (rf) sq. ? + other prep.: of boundary On? 'ITl ">Shpj b»?n Jos 13 16 , cf. D^nsO D^35 W v 30 ; fTvo ruiBjr nxs? bttan onb w 18 12 , etc.'; («) sq. a be amon'j, or 0/, Am 1 ' who was one of the herdsmen, 1 K 2 7 let them be among those eating, Pr2 2 26 23 20 . 5. periphrastic conjug. : a. nV7 + pt., of continuous state, or condition, sts., esp. late (cf. NH), of habit, c. 'W also of begin- ning and continuance (cf. Dr ' ,36, <5) ) : pt. act. Gn 39 s2 (J), Ex 3 1 (E), 1 S 2" 7 10 18 9 (cf. Dr) v' 429 2S8 l5 =iChi8 u , Dt 2 8 M IS30 20 iK.5 1 "- 24 2 K 6 5 9 14 2 Ch 9 M Ezr 4 4 Ne i 4 2 13 Dn 1"+ ; Gni 6 (P); "TlS NT njtl i K 18 3 2 K4 1 2 Ch26 l ; pt. pass. Jos io 26 1 K 13 24 22 s5 noj» rrn tjWii naa-ip (|| 2 Ch 18 34 tdjjd rnri), i 8 2 s =Mi 4*. •vup rwj] EZ44 2 , n'^j;? 'n Ne5 18 , 'n vribsb 3,n ^

3 M ;— on 2 S 1 3 32 cf. Dr. b. sq. Inf. c. j> (Dr 

ws "):l??!i njn) Is 5 s and it shall be to burn (is to be, is destined to be burned) etc.; E'BB'n WJ Ni3? Gn 15 12 and the sun was about to set; % !|M "liaD? lyB'n Jos 2 5 aW </t« </a<e was about to be shut; but also »$$ &T$ WJ 2 Ch 2 6 s (nearly =^l + Pt.) tNiph.iy.njn3 1 K i»+6t.+ Mi 2 ' 4 (cf. infr. ad fin.); 3 fs! nn^nj Ju i 9 3 »+ 5 t., WVnj Ex 1 1 6 Je48 19 , nJTriJi C onsec.Ez39 8 + 21 12 (del. B Codd© Co); 2*ms. r^n? Dt27 9 ; 1 s. Wn? DnS 27 ; J°<. fs. Tn? Pr"i3 19 ;— 1. either, be done, be brougld about, or occur, come to pass : in the strong expressions *nta3 IB'X

  • ]?h s6 Wbai '3 ^i> Ex ii 6 (J) a cry such as

hath not occurred (been raised), and will not be again, cf. Dt 4 s2 {be done; || J«i^3), & Ju 19 s0 (|| nnS"13); — but simply intrans. Jo 2 2 Dn 1 2 1 & appar. Ez 2 1 12 ( 1 1 nK3 ; on txt., however, v. supr.) 39 8 (|| id.);— also rofcn nyin nirro na'N j u 20 3 how hath this wickedness been don-ef cf. v ls Je 5 30 48 19 also Ne 6 8 ; c. X?, existence denied '3 «b Zc 8 10 (|| najN); in all the above (exc. Jo 2 2 Dn 1 2 1 & Ez 2 1 n 39 s ) personal agency is clearly implied; it is expressed '3 7]Jon tflN nSD njn -am 1 K i 27 , so of divine agency (**«&) 1 Ki2 24 ^2Chn 4 ; further 6e attained, secured, of wages Zc8 10 (c. »6, || nsrN); njn? nwn p r 13 19 a desire come to pass, realized. 2. be done, finished, gone, only DnVbv n)Tn3 iriS^I Dn 2» and his sleep was finished upon him, i. e. left him (cf. Aram. Dn 6 19 ); Wn? 8 W I came to an end, was exhausted (si vera 1., del. © ; || T 1 V .";?.) ; Q 2 -on g29 ■f-n (all P), Ez 45 24 46 561114 ;— usually | hin to ^ ephah (of meal-offering); Nu 15 6 | ; v 9 £; in Ez a (whole) hin, exc. 46" £ hin to ^ ephah. b. used in mixing the anointing oil Ex 30 24 . C. of wine as drink-offering Lv23' 3 (H); elsewh. P, Ex 29 40 Nu 15 5 28" (all J hin) 15 7 28" (both i hin), 15 10 28 14 (both £ hin; all with T V to T 3 (y ephah in case of meal-offering), d. once of " | 3t5' as drink-offering Nu 28' (P; £ hin; cf. Di). 2. vessel with capacity of hin Lv 1 g 36 (H) PirN a just hin ( || 'X ^tto, T*J3K, 'X TIB'N).— The bin = ^ bath ace. 'to Joseph. Aot.iu. 8 . s ,- 9 ,4 ) _ 6 . o6 ]i tres (Hultsch ,c ), v.n.na. On order of words in above passages, note that pn ('n riy^l etc.) is usually appos. of liquid measured, & either precedes it EX29 40 Nu 15 4 28", or, more oft., follows it Ex 30 24 + 10 1.; Nu 28 7 they are in diff. clauses; in Ex 29 40 we find pm StfJ . . . ffft, cf. Nu 1 5 69 2 8 5 ;— Nu 2 8 14 is peculiar: TIB^E* 10 WTJ fm 'Xn DfVSMl f^'easj' pnn nyn-p ^ jvin (jh only'at end).' tpDJl] vb. only Qal or Hiph. (Ges i63K - 4 Ko L2sl ) 7mp/. 2 mpl. TGnn in phrase IBOrr^ 'pTGnn Jb 19 s , sense very dubious; Schult Thes De al. (as Hiph.) ye cause me (?=acc.) to wonder (cf. Ar. ^a); others (as Qal) ye deal hardly with, wrong me (so context seems rather to require, v. Ges in Add 94 KobGes Ew Di Da EV; cf. Ar. ~SJL wrong, detract from; Codd. rd. 113nn, which is preferable, if this mng. be adopted; © MmwA /*oi, 93 opprimentes; con- jectures are »"inijl 01 Hlob ; '£*? TOrgJ Me; Siegf viannn. rnSTI Is 3 9 v. 133. n Dt 32" v. sub H p. 210 supr. «Sn v. sub foil. TT t|J TlIN7n (i.e. hd-le'ah, the final -«A, the t : it * ' ' n locale, being toneless), adv. out there, onwards, further ($. SOn, always with 3 or I? prefixed; Syr. ^.i^, 'W^.o PS 10 " 9 id.; Ar. 5U forward! on! Fl K1 - SchrlSB )— a. of place Gn 19 9 rwspnttfs approach out there! i.e. make way, get back (® airoara «€i : 33 recede illuc), Nu 1 7 2 and the fire IH*jf}"f3| scatter yonder; p nKpHQ beyond (lit. 0^* <A« yonder side of; v. JO 4 c) Gn 35 21 Je 22" Am 5 s7 beyond Damascus : riNpHi attached to an indication of place, to mark direction, iSio j and thou shalt pass on '"'Npni E^O thence and onwards; 20 22 '" , ??nJ T?9 from thee and onwards'i.e. beyond thee (opp. to nam tjbd v 21 ), v 37 Nu 32" on the side of Jordan forwards (opp. to ' on the side of Jordan eastwards'). b. of time, LV22 27 from the 8th day flN?™ and onwards, Nu 15°

S 18 9 rwbn Ninn DVnO from that day and 

onwards, Ez 39 s2 43 s7 Is 18 27 . Hence T [N vn] vb.denom. only Hi. ptcp. fern. Mi 4 7 nspqin (of sheep) removed far off. T yij pron.comm. this, a rare synonym of HT or njn, Mis (Ar. tjjJI (also jJI), pi. ^JJl, wTio, which (cf. HJ, which is used also sts. as rel.), formed from Jl the def. art., and the pron. U, HI, tt, with the insertion of the demonstr. element la, and thus in fact=i"Wn : W A0 '• s 347 - CG »• U7 )— usually with a subst.defined by the art., Ju 6 20 V?n J^O this rock, 1 S 14' t^n 13JJO off <Ais side-across, 17* tfffU"'^ t^n, (+20 19 © Th We Dr t6 f^a/3 (Wo, i.e. (or W?H) l?n 351Kn this mound (or cairn), for bmn pHH) 2 K 23 17 Zc 2 8 ; with a /em., 2 K 4 s •bn ny&Q; without a subst. Dn 8 16 lWlj> to <fo'« owe (= normal TO). The fuller form is tnTvJl Gn 24 65 rata 0*n, 37 19 i>ya ilw niDvn Mis dreamer (contemptuously). Once also there occurs "HTvil Ez 36* (/em.) qfc H?7- mn^n Je 48 s Kt v. n»fflk "jJ/H i M6 vb. go, come, walk (MI "fnWH, -fr; SI«S; NH ifc) (rare), Aram. ^i|, fl (also BAram.), oftener 'H , .?n Pa., ^o,. Palm. Ithp. N3^riN Vog No • lls • , • 4 ; As. aldku Dl w ; also Ar. sZLk perish)— Qal P/. 3 ms. 'n Gn 26 26 + ; ^ 2 S 8 6 +; 3 P l. «bn Gn i 4 M +; K«bn(?) Josio 24 (Ges i2S ' 3il38 - 3,> Ko 1U4t ), etc.; Impf. rarely a. 3 ms. $1]! Je9 3 + 4t. Jbf; ^HM JbM 20 ; 3fs. ^nn ^73»; ^nril EX9 23 (Ew iissb Ges }69E - 8 Ko LU5 ); is. $"« Jbie 22 23" (cf.MI 1415 ); tt^ri: Jb 4 i»; usualiyb. (62 9 t.) as if fr. -fr (ibv, vid. Hiph. Ges»»' 2B - 8 Ko iatm Prat 2 ^^ 310 "-; cf. also "1^ etc.) 3ms. & Ex io 24 -)-; ^. Ec 5 16 + ; 1J5 Jb 27 21 ; Tfe Ex 3 4 9 + ; J|£j Gn I2 44 + 210 1., ^.l Gn 24" + 6 t.; 3 fs. W Gn 24 s9 ^n ^ 97 3 ; lfe« Gn 7"+ ;^

ms. TO etc. Gn 3" + ; 2 fs. ^(J etc. J u 4 8 - 8 + ; i B.^Exy+ ; ^ T Ju i9 ,8 + ; #! Jb 19 10 ; 

nsiw? Gn 4 5 S8 +, nsb'N Mii 8 ; 3 mpl. ojrj Ex 5 7 +; 1$.+ 8 9 31 +2 t.; *3^1Gn 9 »(ohftleo SI 4 )+ ; "3 fpl. nwbri j u u v >+; 2 mpl. «i>fi Gn 42 s8 + ; P^ Dt 6"; !«$« Ex 3 21 Is 5a"; 2 fpl. nj3&l Rui"; 1 pi. 1&i Ex8 ra + ; 1$R Dt 1", etc.; im». rarely a. $n Pr 13 s0 (Kt.; Qr ^'n, c f. De Now); mpl. «i»n Je 51 50 ; usu. b. (241 t.) ms. Tjb Gn26 ,6 +(-|i> also MI"), 1^Gii27 9 +; n^Gni 9 32 +; i? Nu 23 13 Ju i 9 B 2Ch25 ,; '; rdj> 1S23 27 ; fs. <?{> Ju 9 I0 +; mpl. lab Gn 3 7 M +; fpl. nj^Rui 8 , JS? Rui 12 , etc.; Inf. abs. ^n Gn8 3 +; ^|J Gnsi^+j c«<r. rarely a. *fej Ex 3 19 +4t.; "ifcq Ec 6 9 ; usu. b. (i2 9 t.)ri3^Mi6 8 +; D3^ Pr i 5 21 + 2 t.; sf. *$ 1K2 8 ; DF$ 2Si7 51 + 7t. (6Ez); ft$ Ez i 9 - 1217 , etc.; Pi. ^ Gn i8 16 + ; Iffli Gn 1 5 2 + ; f. re}*! j e 3 6 ; na^h Gn 3 2 2 ' + 2 t. + "naVn 2K4 23 ; pi. Q'abn Ex33 15 + , etc.; cstr. ♦gph Ju 5 6 + 3 t.; fpl. nbi>'n etc. Ex 2 5 + 3 t.;— found in all documents of Hex, esp. JE (240 t.; D65t., P30t. + Hi4t.); — I. lit. 1. of persons, a. go, proceed, move, walk Gn2 2 68 Ex 17 5 Am 3 3 Zp i 17 + oft; of cherubim Ez io 16 = living creatures I 91219 - 20 - 21 «; pp. | sitting (3B") Dt 6 7 1 1 19 (both c. TW) ; || running (pi) Pr 4 12 Is 40 31 , cf. also 2 O130 6 ; distinguished from riding, driving Gn 24* (J ; sq. WWO$> HIM), Ju 5 10 (TJTT^), Is 4 1 3 O^P?), cf - Ec 5 1 (sq- K?). io 7 (sq. fJKSJvJ?); on usage with prep. v. infr.; but also '|| 3T|a 1 K 13' 3 18 45 cf. 2 K 9 16 ; didh api ^«j v 18 (sq. insopb); rfym . . . rb in: N3T11 4 2 * drive and go forward . . . and she went, and came. b. depart, go away : Gn 18 33 (J), and * departed, Gn 34 17 (P) iAew ?o« wi'W ta&e owr daughter and depart; cf. 1S14 3 15 27 Ex 3 19 (J), 12 28 (P) 2 K 5 ;5 + ; 00, ou ow« (to a specific duty etc.) : of Samuel 1 S 7 16 , Barak Ju 4 88 ; go out, forth (opp. 3WT) Ru i 21 + ; = go into exile (without modifier) 1 Ch 5 41 cf. Je 22' (n.?n of one going into exile; opp. death); v. further DB> ttbn -I3>N Ez 37 21 . 0. less oft. where Eng. idiom requires or prefers come, (approach, arrive), vb. in Heb. being referred to starting point ; mostly c. prep, (on usage c. prep, in gen. v. infr.): — vN i">3? 1 S 17 44 ; so in prayer to «? nny'^'p na^l ^8o 3 ; also in Yahweh's exhortations to Isr. Is 55' (D^??), v 3 ( V x ) ; come to, arrive at a land (ii— loc.) Gn 2 9 ' ; come unto (?£) a people Ru 2"; but cf. esp. (without prep.) Imv. followed by another Imv., etc., v. infr. 5 f , & partic. cases like Nu 22 6111 ' 2 3 7 ' 7 I s 55 1 ' 1 etc., where actual summons to approach the speaker, d. with modifiers : (1) a. of space traversed : -i3*1Sn~?3 HS Dt i 19 (cf.I. nx 2), I'nnsn-i'S 2 S 2 29 ;' esp. c. ace. %$) way, Gn 3 5 3 (E) Nu 2 o 17 (JE)Dti 31 2S4 7 1K13 1212 ; Je52 7 cf. FD^J "fa fJ^B 31BTI }6} 1 K 13'; Til 7 l.? n = traveller Is 35 s ; sq. nimx Ju 5 6 (song), ptcp. cstr. ntoTli , 3p'n v 6 jroera 0/ paths (wayfarers); c. ace. ^TJ = journey Pr 7 19 ; 3. c. ace. of time Dt 2" 2 S 2 32 , cf. Jos 5 s 14 10 ; also, with combination of ideas of space & time tft% TtffTp T$] Ex 3' 8 ( + " ,3 ^ t ? 3 v - infr -) cf - 5 3 82S 15 22 (all JE)', Nu 33 s (P) i'k i 9 4 . (2) c. prep.: a. sq. 3 of space (territory, country, etc.) in which 13-1B3 Ju ii 16 ' 18 ; cf. ^ Tm JV33 rfc[ njn nnsi 2 K 4 M and he walked in the house once hither, once thither; esp. + ace. of time or distance (cf. supr.) Jos 5 6 14" (both D) 1 K i 9 4 ; narjjp 2S2 29 ; cf. r^S!i Exi 4 29 =i5 19 (P?); pDJ?n -jins J s8 ,3 (JE); sq. 3 of way, path TO? 1 Ki8 6 - 6 "I? Nu 21 22 (JE) Jos 24 17 (E) Dti 33 2 s7 Jui8 6 1 S28 2 -'; T31 3 nsbb awfn xb P13 ro^n 1^ 1 K i3 17 .(^n of both going & coming); so oft. fig., cf. infr. II. 3; walk in the streets J"l3n"13 La 4 18 , walk by the way '^i (opp. 3B^ sit) Dt 6 7 ii 19 ; ,8. sq. ^?, go or walk on (by) "*JB 1T^ Ex 2 5 ; ^Jlff^l I S 9 6 (i.e. set out, start, upon cf. Dr); cstr. sq. pj? Ju 5 10 . (3) go to, unto: a. sq. ace, in general 1/? " l ?'^"-'33 Gn 2 8 15 ( J) whithersoever thou goest Jos i 7 ' 8 '(D)', cf. 2 S 7 9 8""= 1 Ch 17 8 i8 6 - 13 ; more definitely, to a land, with or without f IN Ju i 26 2 1 21 Je 37 12 ; so fig. Ho 7" resort to (ace.) Asshnr (|| Nip); to a city i S 1 1 1415 23 s 1 K 2 8 ii 24 12' I4 2 ' 4 2K 9 ' iChu 4 2 Ch8 3 Ezr8 31 ; to a house J"l 2 S 13 78 , house of '» jr 122 1 ; a field, Gn 27 s (J; + Inf. of purpose); valley of salt 2 Ch 25". S. sq. n_ loc, nriN Gn n 31 12 5 , ffiN nri? 28" W (all P) cf. 2 9 ' (E) Nu 32 s " (JE) 2 S 14 s5 ; of city Gn 18 22 28 10 (both J) Ju 9 ' 1S15 34 16 13 ig 22 2S15 9 iK 3 4 i8 a 2 Ch io 1 ; of river Euphrates Je 13 4 "; of a wood 1 S 23 16 ; a mountain Jos 2 16 (JE); cf. also '3?fJ '"13N whither have they gone Gn 16 8 32 19 Jos2 6 (all JE) cf. Ne2 16 Ct6' Ju 19 17 , njtjh njN 1 K 2 42 (but also 'n fN 1 S io 14 ); nsB* Je 40 4 but also DB> 1S9' Je 45 s ; H3n 2 K 4 s5 . y. c. prep.: (a) most often sq. "pN wwto, e.g., unto the place, DipSH, Gn 2 2 3 (E) 30 25 (J), ihn

  • n

etc.; of land Gn 22 ! (E) 2 4 4 10 (J) 36" (P) Jos 2 2" (D), etc.; of city Gn2 2 19 (K) 1 S 9 10 Jon 3 3 , etc.; of house Gn 24 M (J) Ec 7"; house of God Ec 4 17 ; of people Ex 1 9 10 (E) etc. ; in other designations of place, Jos 8 9 (JE), Ezr io 6 Ru 2", etc.; also sq. ?K = against, of military expedition: Ju I 10 against Canaanites ; a city Ju 9 1 1 K 22" = 2CI118 514 ; also sq. ?N of individual persons Gn 26 126 (both J), 4 1 66 (E) 2 K 6 s " 5 22"= 2Ch34 M Je4i 14 + ; once with implic. coire cum femina Am 2 7 (cf. N13 1 e, p. 98); vid. esp. C£fQ3 bvrb» $$ Jb 3 4 a of judicial inquiry by God; come unto the speaker Nu 22 i6.37 (both JE), unto the one addressed Is 60 14 . (b) rarely sq. "55 unto (Je K Ez) c. n?3 1 K 20 43 , rrYB> 1 K 2 s6 ( + acc. loc), cf. "ffc 53"?y Je i 7 , ae* nw "f"!pJ! Ez i 12 (of the nn ; c f. "wi-^ iTOE> nw v 20 ); also Tjlpin 'JJfTB^I ?y }.?in W1 2815"°=/ am going I know not wliere cf. Lag P«lt.Hten»n. 1874. 156 1 Dr 8m. y f urt l ier J e 36 (sq. both ?J? & ?K ; on confusion of ?K and ?y vid. these words) ; sq. ?y against city I K 2 2 6 , king 2 Ch 2 2 5 . (c) sq. "11? as far as, unto, place n'3-iy Gn 2 2 5 (E), cf. 1K12 30 (tt^l Q ny inxn *jt? nyn), 2 k 6 2 io 25 7 16 cf. 2 Ch

s ; persons 1 S 9 s . (d) sq. ?, to a land 1 K 10° 

etc.; a city 2 Ch 8 17 ; a mountain 1CI14 42 ; a bamah 2 Ch i 3 ; cf. l"l3 Kfc»? 1 Ch 4 s9 & v. infr.; also before n.pr. of pers. Gn 24 56 (J); further HkJT^ Ez 7' 4 ; Da^n^pi) Ex e* (J) go to your burdens cf. Is 60 3 , bnto|> nj^nn ttyfQ rninrn Ne I2 38 <Ae second thanksgiving choir, that went tlie opposite way; frequently 1311? etc., go (to, on) one' sway Gn 19 2 (J) 32 2 (E) Nu 24 s5 Jos 2 16 (both JE) Ju 18 26 1 S i 18 26 23 + ; VypO? Gm 3 3 (j) ; cf. rytrxmb ^ n ? Hbi 6 '^ marcheth through the breadth of the land (of invader) ; note esp. in sense of depart to, go away to, almost = return to; 'pjnio JjDpnl Dt 1 6' and thou shall go (back) to thy tents, so Jui9 6 2o 8 1K8 66 i2 16 = 2 Chio 16 ; ta'ap 1S10 26 cf. 14 8 23 18 1 K 14 12 1 Ch 16 43 ; ioipop 1 S 2 20 (cf.VBDr) 14 46 ; v. also go away or off 'to 1 CI14 42 2 Ch 8 17 . (e) sq. 3 into rT7B>3 Nu 2 2 a (of Balaam's ass) ; esp. in 'a^B 'n go into captivity Am 9 4 Na 3 10 Dt 28 41 Je 20 6 22 s2 30 16 La i 18 (="3C* 'n v') cf. Ez 3 o ,718 Is46 2 48" n^33'n Je48" EZ25 3 ; v. also ni3?33 'H Is45 16 ; n ?^ t ? a ' n 1 S 17 13 ; 3^ip3 'H 2 S 1 7" (but v. Dr). (4) go from, depart from, sq. JO, e.g. 1 K 2 4 ', etc., DE*I? GU42 26 (E)

K 19"; cf. 

v10 }7K HJK f 139 7 ; note esp. iT5?° ^ "* W& Ju6 JI cf. 1 S M 17 (uoyo), Ho 9 6 ptSto, _/ro»i destruction); also sq. J"IKD of divorced woman Je 3 1 (ifKD), c f. also Gn 26 31 (J), Jos 22" (1 P) ?XNn 1 K 20 38 . (5) c. prep, denoting other relations:— a. flK of accom- paniment, , riN'n(onwarlikeexpcdition)Gni4 24 cf. 2 S 15 11 Jos io 24 Ju i 3 (sq. 3 into), •j**, v. also 1 S23 23 2Si6 17 +. 0. by JU4 8 - 8 -'-' 7 4 11 8 iS 3 o 2222 2Si9 26 Nu22 13,4 (JE) + . y. 3 with (cf. 3 III. 1, p. 89), esp. Ex io 9 , cf. Ho 5" 'mK tfe^ Vfa D-Jijaa^ Ditto), of vain sacri- fices; 2 Ch 30 6 the runners went with (3) letters. 8. 3n.i53 in the midst of, Ex 34 s1 (JE).' <. 'JB? in front of, before, before Cyrus Is 45", (cf. of fire & pestilence, infr. 3); of" going before Isr. Ex 13 21 Nu 14", cf. also Ex 23° 32 s4 & (in mng-) 33" (*& Vit), v u , Is 52", with which coinp. IP^Sr ?$$ "ttl 58 s ; of other gods Ex 32 128 (all JE); <Q|^ Gn 33 ,3 (J). f. c. inK «,<, a/i!er, follow, persons Gn 37 17 (J) 2 K 7"; nns Gn 2 4 5839 - 61 (all J), Jos 3 3 (D), Nu 16 25 (JE)+; cf. also II. 3 d (going after false gods, etc.) ; DTnqW Ex 14 19 (J). ,. *? with sense of dativ. ethic. : iriK^K ^ ^."l Ex 18 s7 (E) and he gat him (betook himself) to his country; ?N »J> t]pX Ct 4 6 / will get me unto; ^p"n3p31 1 S 26" and let us be gone, cf. v 12 , Ct 2" (of rain cf. infr. 3); Imv. in same con- struction: ?K v~?l? Gn2 2 2 (E) get thee unto, D3?nN!3 D3^> «p Jos 22 4 (D) also f» lb-Tib Gn 1 2 1 (J), & =1?~ , ?P Ct2 1013 get thee away, come away. 6. adverbial phrases of manner c. prep. : (a) 3, OSbyz'n go in peace Gn 26 31 (J) 1 S29 7 zSj"™ 15 9 ; x™ n ^ 3 *?7 C 132 /f1 1 K 1 9 s , ncna 'n

K 5 ,2 ; cf.also 1 S 17 39 Is 52 12 ; fo'ri nhyca 'm 

Zc 9 14 of and he shall go in (or with) storms of the south; 3 pretii, DniB'WS 0*3 phn 2 S 23" who went at risk of their life (otherwise in || 1 Ch 11 19 ) ; cf. (b) *?«, Wtpif 'n 1 K 19 3 he went for his life, (c) 5», n6fii) 'H 1 S 25" go according to her foot, i.e. follow, attend her; tibf*? It? go to, for (in) peace Ex 4 18 (E) Ju i8« 

s i w 2o 13 - 42 2 K 5 19 ; mrb u^h) 2 s 15". 

<c. with adj. or noun, agreeing with subj. of vb., in ace. (Ges' 1185 ), sometimes where Lat. & Eng. use an attributive or appositive : walk bare- foot 2 S 1 5 30 ; walk naked and barefoot Is 20 3 (c. ace. of duration); 131 fni nifcj H^W Is 3 16 ; cf. 1 K 8 M ; also ^Bf ^ }?n t Lv'19 16 (H) </w«* T*

fn shalt not walk as a slanderer among thy people, Je 9 s , b"3r ifrln Prn ls 20"; and even *7J *$h Je 6 s8 (yet ^ai poss. abstr., *l 'n walk in slan- der); with adv. accus., construed more generally (Ges* 1186 -*, Ew' mt ): ye shall not walk loftily (noil) Mi 2 3 ; they shall come bending (Dint?) I s 60"; awa" Agag came delicately (ri3"lJJO) 1 S 1 5 32 ; cf. also Lv 26 a (II. 3b) Ex 3 21 2 S 17 18 . . Also of animals, in similar meanings and combinations: ^]?n Na 2 12 wo/A about, prowl (lions, fig. of rulers of Assyria); Pr 30 29 (vid. v 30 - 31 , of three beasts & a king); walk, go, move 'n Jinx n?DD3 1 S6" (of cows bringing ark), horses inZec.'s vision Zc 6 7 ^nm) 113$ «^ JQK3; of beasts <fe birds Je9 9 , cf. $o 3 both man <$• beast, they are fled, they are gone; of flocks and herds (nJjH?) UB? J|j* Ex io 26 they shall go with us; ny35"7S "ina 'n Je 50 6 they liave gone jr. mt. to hill (Isr. under fig. of wandering sheep) ; in 1 S 1 4 26 rd. prob. ^?n for ^H q. v. ; esp. in laws of clean & unclean Lv 1 i 2021 every swarming winged thing that goeth on (?5? ^IP^L 1 ) all jours, cf. v 2742 ; also v 27 everything that goeth on its paws, & v 42 everything that goeth on (its) belly, (all P), so of serpent Gn 3 14 on thy belly (Ijhf^) shalt thou go (J), cf. also Je 46 s2 u'?.. tfnaj H^P; (where appar. rel. cl., her voice like the ser2>ent thai moves, i.e. like the rustling sound of a glidingserpent,cf.VB); locusts Jo2 7 (Vfn3 B*K), v 8 (in?DD3 133). 3. in like manner of in- animate things, as : the ark (n3rin) Gn 7 18 (P; sq. D?en "OS"!'?); ships 1 K 22 49 (sq. n_ loc.) = 2Ch20 M (sq. ace. of limit), cf. 2 Ch 9 21 (sq. ace.) 20 37 ($>K); of B^-ON Is 33 21 'galley with oars' (sq. 3 of place in which); wheels (in Ezekiel's vision) Ez 1 1 ' 1 ' 19 - 21 io ".ii.h.u. m oon Jbsi 26 ; wind ^ 78 s9 Eci 66 ; of streams (D^n) =flow D»rri>$ Ec i 7 ; cf. Dtobn D^njriE' D'lpo-^s n3j? D , 3B ; Dn DB* v 7 unto the place whillier the streams flow, thither they flow again; also r J , p , B^ , sq. D'B as accus. of that with wh., Jo 4 18 || of hills flowing 3?n, with milk; cf. further fig. D?8 nja^l D^-13-b Ez7 17 2 1 12 all knees sliall flow down in water, i.e. be as weak as water; ni">njEz3i 4 (sq.3'3p); vni-ur!?3-i>y TJ^ni Is 8 7 i.e. overflow (|| Vffi ptt S f 1 ^ rhv) cf. Jos 4 18 (JE); so of water (as SI 4 ) Is 8", 1 K 18 36 («?>! nansfc 3*39 D^rj), ,/, 105 41 pro ni»s3 o£n, <; ie y /lowed through dry regions as a river) ; (on Inf. abs. used of waters of flood, Gn 8 35 , cf. infr. 4 c (4), (5) ); of the sea "1J7D1 -]. ? in D>n Jon 1 na was going on and being stormy = was growing more and more stormy (cf. infr. 4 d) ; of wine (|?!) Ctf 10 that goeth down, jor my beloved, smoothly (simile); also of lightning go, dart (p">3) Jb 38 s5 , so B>N Ex o 23 (E) nfig Bfc l^nni and _/ire darted to earth (on form, here & ^ 73 s infr., as intens., of rapid motion, cf. Thes Ew s,38b Kb'- 415 ); Ijbfl *$ &$ + 97 3 ; of torches, in fig. of violent breathing of crocodile E , T?? 1*P? dprp jb 4 1»; of sword 3-jn -^n ynrjp j e 48 s , of arrow P")3 Jb 20 25 drawn from a wound; of pestilence "O'J (personified) ^9i 6 (??N3)> Hb 3' (vjsb); of fame ntoHBrrioa j£in iyBB> Est9 4 ; of the tongue (bad sense) H¥? TO?? W^ V' 73 9 (cf. Ex 9 s3 supr.; || Dn's'tTDBb' Vi/); of sound of trumpet Ex 19 19 (Pt. cf. infra 4 d); of letters nn?N Ne6 17 (sq. ^5?, unto); of dew (ba, || np v 3-|?i) sim. of Isr.'s IDn Ho 6 4 cf. 13 3 fo'&e dew that passeth away; so of iV Jb 7 9 n?3 1&1 U?i of rain 6 l&J ^ DB*3n Ct 2" ^e ram is <wer, i< Aa<A taken itselj away; of ark of "> ("- pi«) 1 S 6 8 depart (cf. also 5 d); of shadow on dial go jorward 2 K 20 9 (opp. 3tt?; || i"IB3 v 20 & TJJ Is 38 s ); grrow, of wicked under fig. of trees, *!J ^"03 «^_ Jei2 2 ; cf. YtSpft ojg Ho 14 3 his branches shall spread, said of Isr. under fig. of tree ; of name (= fame) 2 Ch 26 s (sq. Onm Ifcjng); also of a thing that does not actually move; ?K ?'33n Ijpnl Jos 17 7 and the boundary went unto etc., cf. 16 8 (sq. JB & n__ loc); — in 2 K 1 3 21 and it (the dead body) went i.e. was let down into the grave, rd. top*! for =17'! ®L Th Klo, and they went away. t4. The Inf. abs. is often used a. as in other vbs., quite independently (Ges* mi ): 333H Dnrw ffrifjN *VVt rbn) . . . . J e 7" (series of 6 Inf. abs.) (are there) stealing, murdering, and adultery and false swearing and incense-burn- ing to the Baal, and going after other gods . . A as obj., tffyl 1"3-n3 U$"l<7) Is 4 2 24 and they desired not walking in his ways; as appos. of obj., Je 23 14 / have seen . ... an abominable thing, committing adultery and walking in lies (ipB'3 Tji^m fjlHj) ; cf. *|rn Diiy ifbn fj B>y>5 Is 20 2 and he did so, a walking naked and barejoot, where also two adverb, accus. modify- ing the Inf. abs. (Ges* 113,2 ). b. to intensify meaning of finite form of iJ/H (Ges" 13,3 ): (i) i> n

?n before finite vb. ipf? -].pK -j6n Ju 4 9 / will surely go vrith tliiee, cf. Je 3 7 9 ; fi3?n ipn Gn 3 1 30 concessive, </iOit art indeed gone, OpJJ 1^<fJ B'SJM Ju 9 8 introductory, «/je <rees tueni forth on a time to anoint them a king. (2) after finite vb. ?Jvn !]7 S 1 2 S 3 24 awe? A« is actually gone ! (a grave imprudence to permit it !), "> 'JS-nx iwt£ j|li>n rwjjj Zc 8 21 Z«< «s % a«  means go to seek the favour of C. most noteworthy is the joining of the Inf. abs. (1) with a following Inf. abs. denoting a simultaneous action or process, and so empha- sizing duration or continuance: a. both Infs. preceding the finite vb., njapfl S]bt31 "rfi? Is 3 16 a going and a tripping they go, i.e. they keep tripping as they go; so WT^ 133} 7]i?n Je 50 4 continually weeping they shall go; /3. one Inf. before, & one after the fin. vb. nb3^ TJJJ Tji?n ifr 1 26 s continually may one go weeping; y. else- where both after fin. vb. Jos 6 9 the rearguard was going (n.?' 1 ) after the ark, continually blowing on the trumpets (nriBiE>3 yipni ~ifO}), cf. v 13 (where tjinh cf. infr.; both JE), . . . T&3 i33i -pi>n 2 S 3 16 , of cows iyji T|i>n ejjij 1 S 6 12 <Ae?/ m>«h< continually lowing, t'SX'l ijiPil IJJJ1 Ju 14 9 and he went on, eating as he went; nail 7]i?n Q^p'n 2 K 2 11 they were going on, talking as they went ; in H33} "ipil i|pn Je 41 6 , the pt. H3'3 is peculiar, rd. perh. H33, and for l£fo rd. Dra|*l ® Hi cf. Gf. (2) with a foil, vb.fin.c. , consec.(rare): Wpl Tji^n cw!>h Jos6 13 ( JE) they were going along continually blowing on the trumpets; npjtt IJWn -J^ril 2 S 13 19 and she went, crying out as site went; TJvn . . . TQT •'.?l-?1 2 S 16 13 he went along . . . cursing as he went; so I S 19 23 and he went on, proplvesying as he went, until he came, etc. (3) in cases where vb. fin. is foil, by Inf. abs. + adj. denoting progress, advance : 3")j^ "?|i?ri TJP'1 2 S 18 25 and he came continually nearer (nearer & nearer); elsewh. with idea of actual motion lost fr. vb. fin.: 311 Iffy ^>1 1 S 1 4" and the tumult kept growing greater and greater; so ^]i?n in 7|J>1 ^iljl 2 S 5 10 = 1 Ch 1 1 9 ; cf. Ju 4 s4 and the hand of the sons of Israel kept growing more and more severe (^r'ijl WlJ • • • 'HJ?!) upon Jabin; note esp. "T" 1 ! ^51 ifbn -M B»Kn ^3>1 1KB ?15 Gn 26 13 (J) and tlie man grew great and kept on growing greater and greater until etc. (?13 partic. adj.). (4) twice, where vb. fin. is not "pn, but another vb. denoting motion : 3it* -p^n . . . B^n Bgl Gn 8> (J) and the waters retired continually more and more; n3«n jtol l|fcn D13K JfEM Gni2» (J) and A bram journeyed on continually further toward the south country. (5) quite by itself is Gn 8' (P) -liDm -ibn Vn D^tsrn and the waters, they continually diminished (were a going and a diminishing; the Infs. abs. being predicate). (6) 13 t. the Inf. abs.= Imv. & is followed by Pf. consec. (chiefly in Je): nrorn -]&n 2 S 24" go and speak, so Je 3 s 2 ; 91P&H 'n go and say, Is 3 8 6 Je 28 13 3 4 2 35 13 39 16 ;' nvr$> 'n j e 2 2 3"; also mnil 'n 2 K 5 10 go and wash, JT?iJ1 'H Je

3 1 1 9 1 go and buy, ^IPyi "' J 7 " 9° an d tiand. 

d. akin to the use of Inf. abs. are some instances of Pt. ^n + adj. (or pt.): Ml^pBn ^»1 3?j^ ^l!?' 1 i S 1 7 41 and the Philistine came con- tinually nearer (cf. 2SI8 25 supr.); in other cases as predicate, with same idea of growing, increasing: D^"T) D'Pph bKV W& p)Tt 7|,ph Till 2 S 3 1 a>i(2 David was growing stronger and stronger, while the house of Saul were growing weaker and weaker, cf. 2Chi7 12 Est 9* (of individuals), 2 S 1 5 12 (of people); + 2 adj. I5?|ni SB} hjl IJJrl ^JWp 1 S 2 M ; cf. (with different order) of wind, Ec i 6 goeth (=1.?^) toward the south, and turneth about ( 3 ?i°) unto the north, the wind turneth about and about continually (nmn ^iv33b 33iD) ; f sea ">5?bi tjjjfei n> r n Jon i 1113 the sea was growing more and more stormy; also pirn Ijbta iDB'n Pip WJ 1ND Ex 19 19 ana" the sound of the trumpet kept groiving louder and louder; & in metaph. Di»n |tar*Tj "liKi ■q.'bnri fuS -.ins EPg^J rnfc p r 4 18 tJie path of just men is like a shining light, growing lighter and lighter until the full day, 5. In combination with other verbal forms: a. sq. Inf. of purpose (c. p) Gn 25 s2 31 19 37 s5 (all JE) Nu 14 38 (P) 24 1 (JE), Ju8' 9 »°"" + oft.; esp. HNlpp 'n go to meet Jos 9 11 (JE), 2 S 19 18 1 K i8 1616 + ; sometimes with hostile sense 1 S 23 s8 1 K 20 27 2 K 23 s9 ; also 31t^> 'n go to return, Ex 4 21 (RV go back), cf. also D3JP 3't? return again Ec i 7 5"; Ki3? 'n (70 to come (enter, etc.) Je4i 17 cf. 2 Ch 26 s . h. sq. finite vb. jro and do so and so: Gn 22 13 27" Ex2 8 4 27i9 (all JE), Dt.13 714 17 3 2 4 2 Is2 3 = Mi 4 2 Jen 12 + oft.; 3^1 ^J Ex 4 18 (E), ife 3'B^l Dt 2o 5 - 6 - 78 , OtNj «p>.l Ju 2 1 25 cf. Ho 2 9 5 1S ; lrt3P 'n »ot< ^ came Nu 13 26 (P), Pvu 2 s 1 S 22 s i> n

fin

S 1 1- 2 K 4 s5 ; notably rb& *]S 2 K # and 

lie went and sent. c. following other verbs : »h »£! Gn 22 19 (E) cf. 24 10 (J) 4 3 8 (J) Nu 16 25 (JE) Ju 4 »; nrtal nyw Gn 33 12 (J). d. esp. as result of action expr. in preced. vb., such as vb. of sending, etc.: t£»l VriKTlK nW?} Gn45 24 (E)cf. Josi 16 (D) 1 S6 8 *Jb38 S5 ; also D*T?«T^ V-1 2 7 21 aw ea ** wwirf */ioK carry him off, and he shall depart; ^ Wghj«J ^ 34 » (title). (Cf. depart also of inanimate things 3 supr.) e. in longer series: obe) rro'1 l£»J 1 S i9 1! ; 3B»1 . . . 3B»i i£*j ym 2 K i9 36 = l8 37 3r ; cf. Nu 24 s5 (JE); tb* 1^1 BJgl Ju 19 10 ; also D$9 ■fcl *35 2 K io 12 . ' f. oft. in Imv. foil, by 2nd Imv. or equiv., (1) y np_ 7|S Gn 27 13 (J) go, bring me (them), cf. Ho I 2 ; W] '3? Gn 29' (J) </o, feed (them), cf. 37 14 42 19 Ex 4 19 + (in all c. 57 t.; only JED in Hex); but also (2) weakened to mere introductory word (as also supr. passim: esp. 2K3' etc.), go to, or come, do (let us do) go & so; JV13 ""IO"! 3 ? n ?? Gn3i 44 come, let us make a compact, cf. i"D? npJW 19 s * (where subj. fem.); Tcife O^ 1 g 9 » come. am<i 7e< us go, so v 10 , n 14 Is 2 3 =.Mi 4 2 , cf. Zc6 7 + ; even nn|>EW S3 ^ 2 K 5 s go to, come, and let me send, cf. Is 22 15 26 20 Ez 3 4 ' 11 ; further Ju 19 1113 I S 9 5 1 K I 12 yjr 34 s + (in all c. 49 t.; only JE in Hex). (3) apparently intermediate, and shewing transition fr. (1) to (2) are : THlJp Ex 19 24 32' cf. Ju 18 2 ; ViD «b "1 1 S 15 6 ; nn? nby ib Ex 33 1 ; O^Wjrn op H.?? Jos 18 8 & nS-)K >N3 o£ Gn47 17 cf. i S 2 2 6

K i 13 2 K 7»; v. further n}30 n»b R u i 8 & 

,pb nj3E> v 12 ; also zSfiK i 9 16 - 20 + (in all c. 36 t.) ' IX. Fig.; the most common uses follow; in most the origin in a literal meaning is evident : 1 1. pass away, die; in phrases denoting or implying death (cf. Ar. iiLLa perish); H??"^ 3 ^Hl 3 D ^? $TJ ^<$ ™.™ Jos 23 14 (D) lo, I am going to-day the way of all the earth cf. i K 2 2 ; perh. also Gn 15 2 ( JE) / pass away childless, but possibly sub 2 infr.; also 2 S 1 2 a I am going (JRH '3N) to him

S 12 23 ; so of mankind N3 lil] ^frl 1^ Ec I 4 ; 

more explicitly, njn S>bn nn« D*i'po-^K jjjtti b'3r -Byrriw yff b'3r) -iayn jd EC3 20 cf. 6 6 ; also nee* ijb'n nnwt -©ta Fine's 9'°, & Dnxn |Jh toSty rvs-bx 12 6 ; cf. WNI ^x ontas T ^39 14 before I depart and be not; so ace. to some 2 Ch

1 20 but cf. infr. 3 a (2); once with weaker 

sense sq. inf., n«b ^Mn "OiK ran Gn 25^ (J). 2. fee ('watt'), in general (cf. Pi. Hithp.) (usu. poet., with modifying words): K^S ?|.;>N" , 3 n J?p!? V' 23 4 though I walk in a valley of deep darkness; cf. 138 7 & r&n -jbtf Jb 29 3 ; 1b» Tip + 42 10 ; D*?#J 'n Is 50'°, v.'also Ez 3 14 ; perh. also Gn 15 2 cf. 1 supr.; ^JT^f ^TO °f! f 84 s </tey </o yro?re strength to strength; DfiS 7|7in n 9 3 . ^1?. Pr 10 9 ; esp. 3. of moral and religious life; n^T^ Pris 21 he maketh straight to walk (walketh straight, upright); partic. a. walk in (3) ways (counsels, statutes, etc.), (1) in good sense: (a) D^OTl ^713 Tl yf, 101 6 , cf. Is 30 21 Je 6 16 1 K 8 X = 2 Ch 6 s7 ; (0) in (?) ways of % esp. D : Dt 8 6 (|| 'ink TSfff) cf. 10 12 ,

22 (|| '""hn n3nsij e tc), 28' (|p riiro npe>) ; 

v. also I3 13 +; 1 K 11 33 (sq. rffe>}&),' v 38 (sq. n^) 2 K 21 s3 ^ "9 3 128 1 ; vnrrita i s 2 3 = Mi 4 2 ; further (sq. tfJJ) Ju 2 17 ; (y) fin com- mandments of 2 Ch 17 4 ; (a) in his law(s) (rnta) Ex i6 4 - 14 (J) 2 K io 31 Je 9 12 44 23 (+np)n3 & rrnj?3), 2 Ch 6 16 Dn 9 10 , cf. Ne io 30 (of B'nlW); (e) tin his ordinances, statutes (flipn) Lv 26 3 1 K 6 12 Je 44 1023 (v. supr.), Ez 5 6 '- 7

20 18 917 2o 131619 - 21 , cf. D«n nipna 33 ' 6 ; a i so 

"i?n3 1 K8 6 ' Ez 11 12 36 s7 ; (C) fin his judg- ments (D'tpEBT?) f 89 31 Ez 37 24 ; (,) tin ordin- ances of David 1 K 3 3 , cf. also infr. ; (0) in way(s) of good man 1 S 8 35 2 Ch 2 1 12 , of David 2 Ch 1 1 17 34 2 , of David & Sol. 1 7 3 . (2) in bad sense, (a) in (evil) ways c. 3 2 K 21 21 Ez 16 47 23 31 2CI122 3 ; cf. also(prob.)2Ch2i a> ^3T]b'l rntsn and he lived undesirably (cf. © 93 Kmp Ot); > others he departed (died) unregretted, so AV RV; (0) sq. ace. 2K21 21 Je 18 15 (ni3'ri3 '."I); ( y ) c . adverb, ace. HB tVKfyj Tjbin Pr 6 12 one walking in perversity (falseness) of mouth (cf. Tlipnir Is 33 15 ) ; (5) in (3) ordinances, statutes (Dipn) of bad men Lv 1 8 3 20 23 (both H) 2 K 17 819 Ez 2o' 8 (Wf). b. walk with (HI*, DJ?) i.e. associate, be familiar with: Di?K'3 'W 1H "riE"p31 Mai 2 6 m peace and uprightness he walked with me ('"); T^tf ? n ?^ H|5 Mi 6 8 ; but also of people at variance with '■> H» nay nns^m Lv 26 s3 cf. v 27 - 40 ; & of '•> at variance with people 1| ")i?3 D3By . . . 'RSpnl v 24 cf. v 28 (all H); with men, D^nTlK Pr if>'; yen *#$ DJJ Jb 34 8 ; cf. walk with (DV) vanity Jb3i 6 . c. waZ/i: 4e/or« '" (" »JB?; c. HDN3 DS^-bs etc.) 1 K 2 4 3 6 S 2325 9 4 2 Ch 6 16 7 17 cf. f» n

T*n

  • V.? 1 ? WfJ^ ' n Mai 3 14 ; walk before tU living

(i.e. walk aright before them) Ec 6 8 . d. walk, go, after ("im) (i) 'i LH13 5 1K14 8 Je 2 2 Hon l0 +; (2) other gods, Ju 2 12 esp. D: Dt4 3 6 14 8'»i3 s 28 14 JC2 23 7 6 8 2 n 10 i6 n 25 6 4-; cf. go & serve other gods Jos 23 16 Dt i3 7 - 14 17 s 29 17 (cf. 28 14 supr.); (3) things which do not profit Je 2 8 ; (4) vanity Ho 5" (reading WE* cf. VB); v. also Am 2 4 . e. walk in (1) one's integrity, etc., ^rfl ^ 26 n ,cf. 84' ^1 Pr : . Pr io 9 , v. also onpn 'n ,/, 15 2 , on rgjm rr 2' -6.11 (2) bad sense, in (3) sin 1 K i5 ; 2 K i3 611 + (esp. of wicked kings); (evil) counsel 2 Ch 22 5 cf. yjr I 1 , f. (1) 3? as subj., (a)= thoughts, ^>n ^p N^> 2 K 5 s6 d?'c? no< wy thoughts go forth; (8) evil inclination, Jb 31 7 ; •j.ph D3p . . . tStV&tf 3?"b« Ez 11"; sq. ^nx Drr.pl;>? 20 16 , DVV? *W* 33 31 ; (2) B^ssdewrv, OT?1^? OS'S n N"]P ^ Ec 6 9 better is sight of the eyes than outgoing of desire. 4. other fig. uses : depart from 'P.SD Ho 1 i 2 (from pi o- phets as God's messengers; opp. &T)i?); go into, !TOp33 }3>1 Is ^g 16 <^j/ have gone into confusion (judgment on idol-makers); etc. tNiph. Pf. i s. "n^n? initsaa bxs f 109 23 Zi&e a s/kkZoh; «.-Ae»i i< stretches out I am gone (cf. fWl Niph.) tPi. (chiefly poet. & late)P/ W^H Jbso 28

  • 131 1 ; ^ ^38 7 ; 3P1- ^ ^ 24 10 La 5 18 ;

Impf. !&J) Ezi8 9 + 2t.; U?™ 1K21 27 ; is. ^•SJ ^86 n +2t.; 3mpl. «Aw Hb3 H +2t.; jojn; ^8 9 ' 6 +2t.; 1 pi. ^>n? f 55 16 IS59 9 ; /mi;, ^n Ec 11 9 ; Pt. tfertq Pr6" ^io 4 3 ; D^pnp Ec4 15 ; — 1. walk in or with a throng sq. aloe: t?^?T]bn?'Kri33^55 15 ; walk,treadon coals D^nsn-^y Pr 6 s8 ; of idols f "5 7 <% <fo no< icaM:, have not the power of walking (cf. ^ivy. Je io 5 ); of one tramping, formidable, Mm. of poverty 1^1 ^j™?"^ Pr6",— a highwayman ace. to Ges Ew Hi Now, cf. ® ; ||I?D t^KS Tjbno (cf. also Hithp. 24 s4 ); of walking (in majesty), marching, QBTl '"WS"?? ^ 1 04 3 on the wings of the wind; of righteousness, personified, ^ WDJ> pn.S ^ 85" ; of wisdom TjWlK ni5"!S rn«3 Pr 8 20 m <Ae jpa«A of righteous- ness do I walk (stedfastly, unswervingly); of animals, go about, prowl, O0rf ji 4 S-in by 13 ttbn D'Spit? (Qr DOEfe') La 5 18 , of ships, in (stately) movement ^ 104 26 ; of springs 104 10 between mountains they go (run, flow); of arrows Hb 3" at the light of thine arrows that go (fly, shoot; cf. Hithp. V'77 1 "). 2. also of walking about = living t?D#n nnpl DOpncn Ec4 16 ; B*«b ^3 «bn Dny Jb24 10 naked they keep going about (freq.), witlunit clothing; so of going about as mourner ^PlSpn Tip Jb30 B f 3 8? (cf- Qal ^ 42 10 ); ^lk>? nibet«3 is 59' m darkness we walk (of distress); on the other hand psfe?] TJB "^3 + 89 16 (of blessedness & prosperity). 3. depart, go entirely away (IP) ds>n> S5>nP T DipBO Ec Vfrom the holy place they must depart (on text cf.VB; pjn VranEh). 4. fig. of mode of life, action, etc.: of par- ticular path of one's life VO] imiK3 f 142 4 ; specif, in good sense Bj*l|!|>rVl 1K21" and he (Ahab) walked softly (as a penitent); oftener c. 3 of path in which: »)>rv '3T13 ^ 81 14 that in my ways they would walk! cf. 86" (IjJOX?), Ez 18 9 ('nipra); in bad or doubtful sense ^Wti Yj»$ ffffp ^p ^ll 3 Ec 1 1 9 ; cf. also 'nabn tlb r6l53 //- 131 1 I do not walk (move, tread) among great things (|| '^P nisbs33?; fig. of humility, cf. also v a ). + Hithp. Pf. ~^nr Gn6 9 1 S 30 31 ; ^nnni consec. Ex 21" 1 S 2 s5 ; 2 ms. ^nnn Ez 28" Jb 38 16 ; 1 s. "FO^nn Gn 2 4 40 + 5 1., etc.; Impf V&$ Pr 23 31 ; *^W Jbi8 8 '22 14 ; 1 s. TikinK V 43 2 + 2 t.; n^nnsi ^n 9 45 ; 3 mpl. «W iS2 30 +2t.; Off^l Ju2i 24 + 3 t.; ^nn^iS23 13 + 3 t.; W^ ^ 12 9 ; 3 fpl. nwkinrn Zc 6 7 , etc.; Imv. rfennn Gni3 17 i7'; «bnnn Josi8 8 Zc6 7 ; Inf.lfciSwfy f 56 14 +4t.; sf. ^nnn Pr6 M ; Pt. <$&& Gn 3 8 + 7 t.; fs. n^nnp Ez i 13 ; mpl. D'a^np 1 S 25 s7 ; — walk, walk about, move to and fro: 1. lit. a. traverse, in this direction and that, Gn i 3 ,7 (J; n«?) Josi8 4 (JE), v 8 (?d.; 'nnrnub H«3); cf. Jbi 7 =2 2 (both ||Cntf) Zci 1011 ; similarly also 1 Ch 21 4 ; of fiery appearance in Ezek.'s vision T*r

p3 'nJTO Ez i 13 ; of horses 

in Zee's vision Zc 6 7 (P.N3 'nnb ro$), v 7 ('K3 13?nnn ^3p), v 7 ; go in different directions ti»9$ V' , j< . . i . btnfe^ ^.s DB*p 'nn»i j u 21 24 (||b^tp «om etc.); so of lightning flashes as arrows of '» V 77 18 wen< ^i<A«»' ^' thither; of water running off different ways 58" (sim. of vanishing of wicked). h. icaZA, walk about inaytftrby pns T]bnnn Ex 2 1 19 (JE) i.e. leaning upon his staff; Pr 6 s2 (distinguished fr. 32t?, H*?); 2S11 2 (i^fD tfi arby); Dinn T^ny n:bnnn Jb 38 16 and in the farthest ground of

  • .

■fri </(« *€/> hast thou, walked? n:>bnnn ^nja* -pna Ez 28"; so also of walking on earth, in anthropomorphic conception ^.?™pp & ,! P.N ^ ^P |3a Gn 3 8 (J) the sound of 'Elohim walking about in the garderx; of God (El) S^'IT D?DB> 80] Jb2 2 M and the vaidt of heaven he walketh; walk about in front of ('P.??) Est2 n ; attend, follow, of retainers *jfy« »Jjjp B'P^IJW 1 S 25 s7 ; wander, of Israel ^K "i3o',/,io5 13 = 1 Ch 16 20 ; rove about, of David and his band GVT> ?L>nn~ ) ?'^ S30 31 ; tt^ruv ~^ 3 ^^W 2 3 13 ( on this phr. cf. Lag™'- 11 "'™' 1874 - 156 '- Dr 8m ) ; walk about, prowl, of Jehoiachin under fig. of lion, 'nn'3 ninspiiro EZ19 6 ; cf. also IJjfl *]WiD-Ka* Pr24 M and thy poverty cometh marching (cf. Pi. 6") ; glide, flow of wine En?" 1 ? 3 '™?! Pr 2 3 s1 ^Zi'aWi. rfoion smoothly (VB; cf. Qal 3 Ct 7'°); note esp. the foil., where emphasis lies not on verb, but on an auxiliary word ; these cases form the natural transition to the figurative use : — ^I2 9 on every side wicked men are walking ; B"8<"7]?niT E?£ 3 39 7 in appearance (semblance, lit. image cf. Che""-"-) walketh a man; also ^jk>ns T!P TO^ 43* (cf. Qal 42 10 , Pi. 38' Jb so' 28 ). 2. fig. walk about = live; the king before ('J??) his people 1 S 12 2 , so of Samuel v 2 ; of' priest 2 s6 (W?^ *J|>?Y; of friendly intercourse with (f)K) men I S25 15 ; cf.^nrin^-nN3 SDJ^gs"; of man's relation to God: especially sq. , ?.?k t^on tfl} ^?? ' n Gn 17 1 (P) watt before me (live constantly in my presence) and (so) be perfect, cf. 24 40 (J), ' 5 (E); d.?b> aa^a n»«3 ?pjsp 'n 2 K 2o 3 = Is 38'; as token of divine favour ^Bp wHlT DPijny 1 S 2 30 (v. esp. Dr, on sense here & elsewh.); V "6 9 D*nrj Tl?trfS$ * »J$ ^OWf. 56 14 (O^nn niN3) ; icE>a 'niv Zc io' 2 z% «/wZZ walk in his name; c. 1"IN, of Enoch and Noah D'r6xrrnx 'n Gn s 22 - 24 6 9 (denoting intimacy, fellowship: all P); further 1Rt?8? 1 f 26 s 7 have walked in thy faithfulness; itsna 'HJItp P'TO Pr 20 7 he that walketh justly in his (own) integrity; W? aipa 'aap-Dna '.ins ^ioi 2 ; cf. also ^ 119* and let me walk in a large place (untrammelled, undismayed) ; of the wicked VDB>Xa 'H.pnriD yfr 68 s2 one going on in his guilty deeds; TBTI^ nat^na ^,82' they walk in darkness (Wf>. 16] WT *6); of their exposure 'HJT rDSfp-b? Jb 18 8 Ae walketh on net-work, (snare, cf. fUab; vbf$ TOOS n^) ; esp. of '» as accompanying Israel IP.np 3"Jp3 ""j"? Dt 23 15 watt in the midst, etc., D ??^ n3 Lv 26 12 ; 2 S 7 7 wherever ("^N -^S) 7 Aaue walked with (among 3) aH (tTie sows of) 7sr.= i Ch 17 s ; as inhabiting a tent, on the march, ^l.?nntp iVHKJ [3??ai ->nK3 2 S 7 6 and I was walking in a tent and in a tabernacle. + Hipli. Pf. 3 ms. T^in (as if from "J^, i. e. a verb l"s, cf. reff. sub Qal Impf. supr.) 2 K24 15 ; sf. Ifbin Dt8 2 , ia^ini consec. Pr^ 29 , etc.; 7m;)/. T]>bi- Ec 1 o» 0* Je 3 2 s ; juss. rfc<> Dt 2 8 18 ; ^ Ec 5"; ^! Ex 14 21 q$ 2 K 6 ,9 +2 t.; ^ s ! La 3 2 ; sf. 'fcfa Ez 40 24 43 1 47 s 1 s. l&H 2 S 13 13 Ez 32 14 , cohort. na»piw 2 K 6 19 , V*Q Am2 10 +3t., etc.; 7mv. ^n Nu 17"; fs. »J$*Q Ex 2 9 (Bo"- 461 ' 51103 ; but rd. prob. 'O'bin 01 5266 - b Ges 569 - 2 - B8 ); mpl.ia'pr^K^ 27 ; I»f.*L&frtf 2 Ch 36 s ; P<. 1|^te Je2 6 + 4 t.; sf. "JS^O Dt8 16 ,

]apio j e 2 17 ; Da'pio is 63 13 ; fpl. niapio

Zc 5 10 ; — 1. Zead, bring; sq. ace. usually of jierson; a. c. 3 of space or region through which, Dt 8 15 (Isr. in wilderness) Je 2 6 ^ 136 16 , so also Is 48 21 ; ^P Je 2 17 ; cf. Jos 2 4 3 (E), Is 63 13 -^ 106 9 ; also fig. Is 42 16 and I vnll lead (the) blind in a way (J"YV3.) they know not; h. c. ace. pers., 3 of space -f- ace. of time U?^J -i31tsa nje> cyans nans Dt 29 4 ; so Am 2 10 (sq. Inf. of purpose c. p). C. sq. ace. pers. + ace. of way, road, Dt 8 2 , cf. Dmi T]^ Ez 40 24 (ace. of direction), d. sq. ace. pers. + ace. of place or condition to which . • . 'HTOn , K'r n ? n?i5 tjvin 2 K 24 16 the women of t/ie king, etc., he led into exile ("? 3 ,3 D?B*rTD) ; so also, of exile -a-jBn iTnabjrr; Ho2 16 ; baa Je 3 2 5 ; cf. of Yahweh's chastisement, La 3 s me hath Jie driven and brought, into darkness and not into light; sq. ace. pers. + ?£ ; 'irpX etc. Dt 28 36 (of exile); nOO"^"?"^ Je 3 i 9 ; ^tW~Ez43 1 ; niV)~bx Nu 17 11 (P; implic. obj. being censer); bs of pers. 2K6 19 JC52 26 , ^ in || 2 K 25 20 ; bj? also 1 K i 38 firw-bj? ink «?'l (see sub by 7c3). e. sq. ace. pers. + n— loc. : njnDt? 2K6"; nbaa 2Ch33 n 36' (cf. 2 K24 16 supr.); cf. nQB* 2 K 17 27 . 2. Z«ad away sq. ace. pers.+appos.; ^ D"^)i' ^bio Jb 12 17 /i«  () leadeth away counsellors despoiled cf. v 19 ; of Yahweh's judgment on the wicked yjr 125 5 will lead tliem away with (1"W) the workers of iniquity. 3. carry, bring: c. obj. help■fr

Vbr less, or inanimate : a. + ace. loc, Josiah to Jerusalem (t£?*n;) 2 Ch 35 s4 (VJ»»?J1 in || 2 K 23 30 ); cf. Ze 5 10 whither are tliese carrying the ephahf "nEfirrriK •pb'lK njK 2 S13 13 . b. carry, tafce, take away,^)lT^» T^VJ Ex 2 9 (E ; on form cf. supr.); also carry away iT3, in his hand, Ec 5 14 ; of the spread of a careless speech Ec 1 o 20 fowl of the heavens shall carry the voice (|| -QT TV D^EOSn 7JI3). 4. fig., of influence on character: c. ace. pers. + 3 into: Tr 16™ and he will lead him into a way that is not good (i.e. sinful). 5. a. cause to walk, go, men (i.e. /K^B'J 'BJf) on (?V) the mountains of Israel Ez 3 6 12 (|| V^, n£j3J> Dnb n«ni) ; c f. J^K} JWQDip D2nS Lv 26 13 anal / caused you to walk upright (fig.; opp. to being bowed down by a yoke); Is 63 12 that caused his glorious arm to go at (?) the right hand of Moses. b. cause to flow, run Ez 32 14 and rivers like oil will I cause to flow. c. cause to depart, retire, go back, ' the sea, Ex 14 21 (3 instr., DHij nro). TTJ 777 n.m. traveller (properly a going, journey, whence wayfarer, traveller) only •ve>yn Bhj(j> J|5>n (to$ 2 S 12 4 (||i? N3n mfcr;, i? ton sran);— in MT 1 S 14 26 eo-n iftn, 'n must be cstr. & = flowing, or dropping (of honey), but rd. rather tfrl ® The Klo We Dr (& TO^ for BO^ q. v., © We Dr). ttlpTn] n.[m.] step, only pi. sf. f h 1 a HOnS OvH Jb 29 s when my steps were batlted in cream (>"IBn — nxon) hyperb. of abundance, wealth. T [rC' vH J n#4 " a g°i n gi way, travelling- company, sf. onybrt Na 2 6 Qr (Dnaipn Kt) ; elsewh. only pi., cstr. rVo^n +68™, so Pr 31 s7 Qr (np5w Kt), niabn Hb 3 6 ', nb<?n Jb 6 19 ; sf. T^rt! r" 68 25 ;— 1. tjomgr, watt, a. Na 2 6 <Aey «AaW stumble in their going ; elsewh. ^[.goings: b. Jf dS 2 *' 25 of going, marching, progress of God into the sanctuary (KH.P3; so Hup Pe Che; Ew Hi De in holiness) ref. either to solemn pro- cessions of worshippers (e.g. De) or, perh. bet- ter, to the theophanic progress of God himself (e.g. Che); also C. of goings=a'om^s n|BW rin , 3 'H Pr 3 1 27 watching the doings of her house- hold; of God Hb3 6 ii> D^iV ni3?q ways of eternity (al. of old) are his. 2. travelling-company, caravan N3I? nb'bq Jb 6 19 (|| *&} fittT^. t["it7nQ] n.m. 1 * 82,6 walk, journey, going (late); cstr. ^TO Ez 4 2 4 + 2 t.; sf. p!>no Ne 2«; pi. O'ajj.TD ZC3 7 ;— 1. watt 'of 10 cubits' breadth before the chambers ' in Ezekiel's tem- ple Ez 42 4 (cf. Da). 2. journey fr. Bab. to Jerusalem Ne 2"; of dimension of Nineveh, a journey of three days Jon 3" i.e. diameter or length, cf. v 4 ; (ace. to Herodot T,M one day's journey =150 stadia, = length of Nineveh ace. to Diod" 3 ). 3. pi. goings, i.e. free access (VB)Zc 3 7 . T[r01,nnJ n.f. procession, only pi. J"lb?nFi Ne 12 31 of thanksgiving-processions at dedication of wall. tl. [1] vb. shine (ace. to Thes al.= II. ??n (splenduit, from sonuit acute, dare, eo Thes; these mngs., however, merely assumed); but v. Lag 01 " 19 * sub foil.; cf. Ar. Ji begin to shine, J^U new moon; As. ellu, bright COT oi°»)_Qal only Inf. sf. 'fth ?y 113 i?i13 Jb 20 3 wfien it, viz. his lamp, shone upon my head (cf . Ew * 3 ° 9 c ) , fig. of God's favour. Hiph. Impf. ?nj Jb 3 i 2 «, 3 fs. ?nn Jb 41 10 ; 3 mpl.

  • ?P Ig 13 10 ; — flash forth light, of heavenly

bodies, -»«=«*» Jb 3 i 2 " (|| »B*i Tg ryv) ; gq . ace. cogn. D";iK Aw t6 tg$H?M D?0#n '3313 I s

10 (||^0 W", & W* W^b pr); also 

of crocodile "nK ?nn Vrt^BJj Jb 4 1 10 At* sneez- ings flash forth light (shining water-drops). T?7VT n.m. appell. shining one, epith. of king of Babylon, V*tQ ' n D ^ 9?W ¥• Is 14' 2 how art thou fallen, shining one, son of dawn I i. e. star of the morning. (Cf. As. mustilil, epith. of (Venus as) morning-star IIIR57 M Opp ,A8lm ' 448 Schr 8KW4 - 837 COT* dl< ' ,! -) til. [7/H] vb. be boastful, Pi. praise (Ar. Ji shout, both in joy & (if conject. of No KS be right, v. cit. infr.) in terror ; esp. 11. in formula of worship ; Syr. Pa. ^i£o» cecinit, laudavit ; cf. NH wn praise, ?.?n id., Ilallel (^113-118); Aram. Kw'n marriage-song, &c. ; on As. aldlu, shout for joy, rejoice v. Lyon 8 "*""" teiW 66 (Cjlinder, 1. 36) a J g0 ^yJ nc Jjl eI .8»IJOIlt«>t<l 134. 1. 1H ; 166, i. U9 K g«. i. 36 ; so. i. im . ^i var i a tions of cry aloud, cf. Nb ZMG1887,7ffl BS 8 *"- 411 ; perh. orig. break through, or out (in a cry), cf. We Bk "~ , " L " r "-- p - "»; comp. also (ace. to Prat Bi8lai91 ) Eth. i -ff 7WArt: implore (cf. Amhar. Tigr.), & avUA: swear)— Qal Impf 2 mpl.&nn ,/, 75 s ; Pt-°7^ f 5«+2t.;— be boastful ty$j* V 75 s (!!"'• pp'Dnri); pt. boastful ones, boasters ^ 5 6 (II P.? '&*); 73 3 75 6 (both || D^en). Pi- P/ 5$n vio s , i s. sf. TOT! f 119 164 ; 3 ""I' 1 ' ^m consec. Is 62*, sf. W$ Is64 10 , etc. ; Impf. -%>' ^ 6 3 6 io2 "; sf - WW Pr2 7 ! > ^= Is ",'«VW? Pr 3 l38 ; J s - ^™ ^ 5° 5 +2 t., cohort. n^n« ^ 69 31 + 2 t., etc.; Imv. fs. '^ ^ 146 1 147 12 ; mpl. 6j>n ^ 104^ + 30 t. ■f + Je 20 13 31 7 ; sf. wS^n yj, 22 24 +i5t.^ ; Inf. abs. 9?n 1 Ch 16' 6 ; cstr. 7?r 2 S I4 a + 16 t. Chr; Pt. pi. D^nt? 1 Ch 23 s + 4 t. Ch;— 1. praise man or woman, ace. aYW*?* *nk '^1 Gn I2 1S (J) and tliey praised her to Pharaoh, cf. Pr 27 s 31 28 ' 31 Ct6 9 ; ^BnTiS D"b. L ntpril 2CI123 12 anrf those praising (shouting acclamations to) the king; v. also *lkO ??!?? 2 S 14 s5 (of Absa- lom's beauty); in bad sense V?l #™ ™n »3^ Pr 28" deserters of law praise, a wicked man. 2. usually praise &$%, ' etc.: a. sq. ace. of heathen god Jui 6 M . b. obj/'(BWK); ^u 9 1M (^y ore account of), subj. heaven, earth, seas, etc., ^ 69 s5 ; 5^?™ T?? *"? V' up 175 ; in sum - mons to all creatures to praise 148 613 ; Is 38 18 "^hrf* DID $fR bfaty l6 (cf. ^H5 17 ); often of public worship in sanctuary, Is ,62 s (thanks- giving in sanctuary after harvest), cf. 64 10 f 2 2 23 (|| I??' n-JBDK), v 27 35 18 109 30 (both HlliN) 107 32 (||Vfl«^hJ) 84 s , v. also 146 2 ('»h rnBTK) 149 3 (c. 3 instr.; ||& WfJJ); also obj. " Dg> (in some cases of public worship) ^74 21 148 5 , Jo 2 M (thanksgiving after harvest); -i*#3 D<rOK-DB> ^6 9 31 (|| n "jina U^if!), i 45 2 (II ;!£?«); further, <jr 56 s h^ &B« ^nSs3, also v" + v" b '131 mn*3, but cf. Hup Che on 1 1 b as editorial addition ; obj. not expressed ^Qy-ns * ytrin now <bhr x/yfQ Je3i 7 , "Of^l "a'^iT n«3"! ^ 63 s . o. use of Imv. deserves special notice: «flS^J ^ 22 s4 (flW?Jj of temple-worship cf. v 2325 ); also in summons to angels, sun, moon, etc. (all created things) to praise'" I48 m -"- 4 i50 1 ; of temple-worship 150 2 (3 on account of) v 2 (3), v 3 - 3 - 44 " (all c. 3 instr.); further Je 20° (||4 «^), "TIN l^n f 117' (addressed to nations, ||VWTSg>), 148 7 (created things), |*» itf* &? M7 U (II ^l H?f "TIN), d. note esp.: praise ye Yah! W'vi'p f 135 3 , liturgical (|| ItS^p ritp}); elsewh. always one word v. Baer*" 116 , & alw. at beginning or end of ^ (chiefly late), appar. liturgical; 'jjvijlj

W?n 

^ 104 36 (|| ""UK T?? *?^3), elsewh. *&$: (1) at beginning ^106' m 1 (both || mm) 112 1

1 (||%i & " db*-dn 'n), 135 1 (id.), 146 1 

(I) "TIN "PM ii£n), I47'(sq. ITlBj in cl. with *?),

1 (|| ""'n? &£, w^D), 149 1 (pb nf), 

150' (Ili'tH^n, W^3); (2) at end ^104* (supr.), 105 46 106 48 1 13 9 1 1 5 18 (|| K V$ 116" "7* 135 21 (II" ^ 3 ) m6 10 147 s0 148 14 I49 9

6 (II MJ ??nn HDB'Sn bb); add to these (not 

liturgical) iv-^rv + 1 02", NJ ^Jo? n! ?F? ^ 3

6 , nnb^ D'riQn t6 115 17 . e. also sq. 

IWlVi in Chr, of technical Levitical function (cf. Lag 0r ' "• wt ; who limits this technical bbn to priests, using JYns'Xn , for a signal to the peo- ple; v. e.g. Ne 1 2 1 * cf. v 27 ), 1 Ch 16 4 (with instrumental music, cf. niliaai D^OJ ">33 & D^|3Sp3, all v 5 , and Ne 12 27 ) 23 30 25 s (all || nin^n) ; exercised (apparently) by both priests and Levites Ezr 3 11 (||nffil) cf. v 11 ; by Levites

Ch 20 19 (b'rii b'ps), 29 30 O'n nans) in which 

the people also joined 1 Ch 16 36 ; also 2 Ch 5 13 (-iMJfrl ^S3JI DW^ffSM n"nxsn3 cf. also v 12 ; ||n'n'n) j v 13 (appar. of Levites & priests), D^S? "b D^rip 1 Ch23 5 (Levites) cf. 2 Ch30 21 (Levites & priests "h ft ^3); sq. ^JW? ^ iCh2 9 13 (HDHto; David speaks in name of people); sq. &$??*?$ 2 Ch 20 21 (before the army; "b Dni'B'D ; prob. of Levites, cf. v 19 ). f. sq. ace. ') Ezr 3' 10 (priests & Levites: *T^7J I*!"?), Ne 5 13 (people). g. other forms, with like technical sense, but abs.: nilinp 7m? T>H D1VD3 Ne 12 24 (Levites) cf. 1 Ch 23 s 2 Ch 8" T 29 31 ' (nnj?bb~iy) 2 Ch 31 2 (appar. priests & Levites; "'risnp n.JK>3; ||niTn^ WTf$); v. also^n^ DfTte 2 Ch2 3 13 (|p^n ^33 Dnite^); dt t 3 Tfl b jins 2 Ch 7 6 ( || nirvb nii'n). 3. appar. boast, make one's boast cf. Qal 2 (sq. 3 in, of), DTl^NS ^ 44 9 (QrVjVa thV? *fCp) so, ace. to most, in bad sense, i^B? niNn^J) VBH 'n ^ 10 3 a wicked man boasteth of the desire of his soul, but Che praiseth ('*) for (i.e. in a mercenary spirit). Pu. Pf. 3 pi. I^JWI f 78 M ; /m;;/. -bbn: Pr 12 8 ; P<. bWro 2 S 22 4 +6 1.; f. nb}nri Ez26 17 (cf. 01 {2MC Sta 52206nb ; MT, however, accents as Pf., regarding n as= relative, v. Sta 5,76c Ges 562 - 2,B - 6 ); — be praised, 1. human subj., ht2>raised, commended Pr 12 18 (opp. Va? n*!T); of maidens, praised, celebrated (in song) i^78 63 : pt. (v. supr.) of city, renowned Ez 26". 2. of', only pt.= gerundive, <o be praised, worthy bbr

n'Vrrn of praise 2 S 2 2 4 =-^ 1 8 4 ; TfcO flBI "> bina ,/, 4 8 2 p6 4 = i Ch 16 25 , V M5 3 ; so' " btJ> 'HD 1 1 3 s . Hithpa. 7mp/. ?£niT iK 2 o" + 5t.; S>i«W Pr20 14 ; 3 fs. tynm ^ 34 s , ^nrin Pr 31 80 ; 2 ms. ^™ ^52* Pr 27 1 ; ^nnn Is 4I 16 ; 2 fs. 'fe™? Je49 4 ; 3 mpl. ^>nJV ',/, 64" Is 45 s6 ; ^nn> ^ 49 ? Je 4 2 ; 7wmj. mpl. &bpm 1 Ch 16 10 ^ic5 3 ; Inf. tynm 1 ? f 106 5 ; Pt. ^.W>Pr25 14 Je 9 23 ; pi. Eyr!™?*? V'97 7 ; — g^ory, boast, make one's boast : — 1. of self-confident boasting, nbs. 1 K 20" cf. Pr 20 14 ; sq. 3 of ground of boast Je g 22 - 22 - 22 49 4 + 4 9 7 52 s , Pr 25", b^VWrhf -IHD Di'3 Pr 27 1 ; of glorying in idols O^nriBn D'pvXa jr 97". 2. of glorying, making one's boast in (3, on the ground of) *» : ?.?nriri *3 Vt>K2 f 34 3 ,' cf. Is 45 25 Je 4 2 (||13 »"<3nni : ); sq. ^Tty" B>inp3 Is 41 16 ; v. also f io5 3 =i Ch 16 10 sq. itshij DB>3 ( || * "K'paO 3b np't^), cf. further Je9 23 ;' T less oft, abs. Je'9 23 V' 63 12 64" & 106 s sq. ^jnpn^Dy together with thine heritage (jWnntba D'ob'?). 3. once, late = pass. be praised, commended, of God-fearing woman Pr 3 1 30 . Po'el Zmp/. ^nj Is 44 25 + 2 1. ;— ma/ce into o /00Z, make fool of, obj. D'OSfe* Jb 12 17 (subj. '*; ||%W t!?f!p !pi>to); obj. D'ODp Is 44 s6 (subj. * || tns nink nsi?) ; obj. D=n Ec '? (subj. petyn ; 11 njnp 3W1K nstoi). * p 'al Pt. bbSrro Wj5$ pint^b Ec 2 2 of laughter J said, It is mad (folly); vMnp -^ 102 9 <Aose mac? oyat'ns( me (||^iK). Hithpo. Impf. ^#1 1S21 14 ; 3 mpl. &*UV Je 5 i 7 , #>iniT Na2 5 , ^Vnnyeso 38 ; Zww.'mpl. bbjmn Je^ 9 , i^hnn Je 25 16 ; — act madly, or like a madman, 7.?nn*1 0^3 1 S 21 14 (of David) and he acted like a madman in their hands; of idolatrous worship by Chaldeans 'HIT Dnwai Jeso 38 ; of nations, as drunken men, fig. of terror at Yahweh's judgments, Je 2 $ w (W^&VZnn) 51 7 ; also of madly driving & jolting chariots Na 2 5 Je 46'. t;?n n.pr.m. (he hath praised; cf. NH n.pr. ??n, Hillet father of a judge of Israel Ju I2 1 '- 1 ', called 'Jinsnsn v . jiny-iQ. t[*W?n] n.[m.] (NH id.) only pi. D^fej rejoicing, praise : 1. &#*) *9P Ju 9 27 i. e. a vintage-rejoicing, merry-making, connected with thanksgiving Dn'riSs 1V3 *t3JJ, etc. (i. e. god Baal-Berith, see v 4 ). 2. of praise to ' 'n EHP Lv 19 24 (H) holiness of praise, i.e. a consecrated thing in token of thanksgiving for fruit, offered in 4th year (cf. NH). I L'~'7" •"'] n "** madne8S ( on txt. v. infr.), only pi. TOJh, ni?7in, and only Ec: Ec i 17 and I set my heart ('Sp HjriXJ) to know wisdom, and to know madness and folly (lVbty) riobfo), cf. nii?.pin 2 12 (id.); 'n rflft^fB] %i yen ny-61

23 , i.e. to know folly to be madness; possibly 

rd. TOpln, cf. TvblQ & foil.; the moral evil of it is specif, recognised in Ec 9" (|| 5H). iJTl77in n.f. id. (formed unusually from the ptcp., an Aram, formation, cf. Ba"" 414 ) nyn ttbfa lira rnnsi rvbso vt^rnm n^nn Ec io 13 the beginning of the words of his mouth is folly, and the end of his mouth (his speech) is evil madness. TT^ hn , fmhhn v. &n Pi. t -: - t -: - T7W7 vPP n.pr. J m. (he shall praise God, cf. ^kj9 infr.);— 1. a man of Judah 1 Ch4 16 . 2. a Levite 2 Ch 29 12 . t[*WnQ] n.[m.] praise; — only in (N<| v?H° '?? Pr 27 21 the refining pot for silver, and the furnace for gold, and. a man according to his praise, i. e. prob. ace. to the praise of him by others, which tests him; so De Str al. ; perh. however so let a man be to the mouth of his praise, i. e. that praises him, — testing the praise to determine its worth, Thes RobGes ; other views are : according to the measure of his boasting Ew, i. e. is judged according to his success or failure in that of which he boasts ; Hi according to the thing of which he boasts. ^hvhbvyft n.pr.m. (praise of God, cf. PxbjiT' supr.) ; — 1. great-grandson of Seth ace. to genealogy of P, Gn 8 ****» 1 Ch i 2 . 2. a man of Judah Ne ii*. t n v>nfi n.f. praise, song of praise (cf. t • : Ar. J-Jup, the shouting of a sacred formula; a Dren „' r Ma!iamm«d 111.627 ^gSklzMn ill. 107B. 114.117.214 JJg zmgiss7,723 R gs.m.i.4ii che° P46 °) abs. 'n Is 6o 18 + I9t. + Je49 25 Kt, v. infr.; cstr. n^rin Je 4 8 5 + 2 1.; sf. Ti^nn j e i7 14 +6 1.; ^nri Dtio 21 , Is42 10 -(- iot.; pi. abs. nlsnn Exis"; cstr.niVnn ^22 4 +3t. ; — 1. praise, adoration, thanks- giving, paid to '■> :— ^48" ir6nn p cpnbx -peb px 'IVp by as thy name, God, so is thy praise to tlie ends of the earth, 1 1 1 10 mcy inPnn nVnn

chh lyb, "B3 inV-n Tt?n ,j, 34 2 continually is his I H^T^f n ^? *V&ft Je5i 41 J (<0 of Moab PS >rai's« m my motrfA (IP" ? n ?!p T ^) cf - 7 1 also inVrn >a kVb> 71 8 , 'n Tr -b 8 i» njysn 'n Ti?ip i'i 9 171 , "a "bt "> 'n i 45 21 (||^>3 ^1 iCHiJ Dt? IK'S.) ; as sung, *owj of praise Wf>} in^nn 106 12 ; D'nV^ nVrtn) r&nn-^eh DT^Wpn Me 1 2 46 ; cf. «*?£*£ 'n ^ 40 4 (appos. Bh? i T0) & Is 42 10 (appos. tk), also 'n ItJKJ Cne^ 33 1 (|| "-3 tf j?«fif OJ2); vid. perh. f 148 14 (Che; yet pee De "VB); note further ""^n 'ri^K ,/, 109 1 ; ^"jr? Tli?rri atW iff 22* inhabiting the praises of Isr.; r&rrn rmarfc|"i>8 BtjVuw Neo 5 exalted above all blessing and praise; cf. also Wnn Is 48' ( || Of), & of praise dice to '< Is 42 s . 2. the act of general, public, praise (cf. also supr. esp. *22 4 33' ic^Ne^ 46 );— rnina vytf «<3 'Da Vrnsn ^ 1 oo 4 ewter fo's jrafcs wiV/t thanks- giving, his courts with praise; Enn "PE> 'v WE> D'TDH ^nps inkiri ^ 149'; cf. f 22 m 65 2 66 2 147 1 ; before the army H^nni n|"ia ^nn 2 Ch 20 22 ; in exhortation to the peoples WWn in^nn bip^66 8 (||y^N tM® BQJ), cf. IS42 12 . . praise-song, as title, "l*jjp n?nn ,/, 145 1 (so NH n^nn ibd & p^fflji, D^n, = Psalms). . qualities, deeds, etc., of', demanding praise: — n?nn tt~ji3 Ex 15 1 ' (song), i.e. terrible in attributes that call for praise (||C5H>3 '-HiO & t^>a nfety) ; oft. (both sg. and pi.) of Yahweh's deeds c. vb. "IS? ^ 9" ?8 4 79 13 Is 43 21 , also + " de* f 102 22 ; c. P9j£ f 106 2 (|| ^ nna? bj©j)j + IP 1 * °- n -^v ♦ 35 s8 ; c - "F-- 1 Is 6 ° 6 ' + ; ' "W ' c. -i'3t« Is'03 7 ; vid. also ^nf> Dt?6 niTni) in^nna nsne-ni) ^ io6 47 =i Ch 16 s6 <o give thanks unto thy holy name, to glory in thy praises (= praiseworthy deeds). 5. renown, fame, glory : a. of Damascus <];nn TJf J e 49 s5 (on Qr njsW v . Hi Ges' 80 - 2 ") ; comp. perhaps npnn ntDJTO Is 61 3 mantle of renown (renown as a mantle, cf. De VB; >Di splendid garment; but Bi Che Du read ?3$ nDJjO and translate 'n praise, song of praise, cf. 1. 2). b. of ' H? 1 ? n ?^ ' n, *"*' D °?' n ?^ H1) 3 3 **• */^ m - dow ^a<A covered (the) heavens, and of his renown the earth is full. Ako C. fig., praise, renown, = obj. of praise, possessor of renown ; used (a) of Israel Dt 26 19 (abs.), Je 13" (+7)

» (+7 and H?? V.^ 3 ^fty— a11 II n $, Wly*?; 

v. also Is 6 1", & perh. V' 1 48" (see sub 1 supr.); (6) of Jerusalem Is62 7 , also Zp 3 1920 (both || DB>), all these c. vb. m or D"V; cf. WJ5) 'n linVB'l ^nbin ny*B» Is 6o 18 ; (c) of Babylon axiD 'n -riy Je48 2 ; («) of , K«j in^nri mi T'n'Ss Dt 10", nnx >n->nn '3 j e 17 14 (no vb.) f [D7ri] vb. smite, hammer, strike down (cf. Ph. obna infr. sub niobqp) ;— Qal Pf.

f s . HD^ni consec. Ju 5 M ; 3 pi. >^l Ju S 22 

Is i6 8 ;'sf. ^q Pr 23 s5 ; /w*p/. 3 ma. sf. 'JB^JI V'Hi 5 ; 3 mpl. tic6q: ^74"; P^. ac«. Dy3 D^in Is 41 7 (cf. Ges 5293 "); pass. cstr.

  • C£>n Is 28 1 ; — smite (with hammer), sq. ace.

pers.' Ju 5 26 (fatally; || PD», }>no); also fig. of correction, discipUne V' 1 4 l5 (Il^ , ?^" , )j °f i n " toxicating wine nt;^ ^n 0>) typ ^W I??. Is 16 8 tJie vine of Sibma, its choice branches smote down lords of nations (so Hi De Che Brd Di al., RVm; lords subj. ace. to Ges Ew al. AV RV); also r.- , ? , -'l! smitten down by wine Is 28 1 ; cf. further Pr23 35 ; sq. ace. rei. DyB'Djiil Is 4 1 7 one striking an anvil; smite down, or strike off jr 74" (obj. D'nVlB carved work); also abs. of horses' hoofs Ju 5 s2 . — On tiiTp. iSi4 ,6 v. D% T D^n u.pr.m. a man of Asher 1 Ch 7 30 . tlTlftbn n.f. hammer, mallet, only cstr. By&y Tl Ju 5 26 a workman's hammer. TD7n*' n.[m..] a precious stone, jasper P (so © 35), or onyxP (cf. Di Ex 28 18 ) (appar. fr. V dSt ; owing to its hardness, as able to smite, hammer f) — mentioned in lists of pre- cious stones Ex 28 18 39 11 Ez 28 13 . tninVD 7 ? n-f-pl- strokes, blows (cf. Ph. cbniD stroke, stamp, impression, once on a coin TTJN D^ilO coinage of Gader (Gades),=percus- sura, rippo, Ges Mo °" 1 - 40 '" c also " ■")— Pr 1 8 6 (cf. Baer) 1 9 s9 , both times of blows on the body. fD/H adv. of place, hither (Ar. lL» hither /) — Ex 3 s WH aipn"7K approach not hither, Ju 18 3 20 7 1 S 10 22 14 16 and lo, the camp melted away R>Tp 1J'! rd. with @ (fv^v ko) €</5<x) Th We Dr T&m dSq hither and thither i.e. in different directions (cf. njnj nT Jos 8 20 ), v 3638 llu 2 14 ; D'Sn iy fig. hitherto, thus far (i.e. to this point of dignity and greatness) 2 S 7 18 (= 1 Ch 17 16 ). V 73 IO > if text be sound, D*>n must mean thither (sc. after the persons described v 3 " 9 ); but such sense questionable; rd. prob. with Houb La for t^n XSS W, ^.±>: 071

TV271 Drn satisfies them with hread : cf. Che Hup Now . Gn i6' 3 =/«?r«; but here also text is duh. : vDi. Ju I4 15 rd. t&n for t6n : v . n 1 end. tan n.pr.loc. only in DH3 D'tyn Gn 14 6 ; not otherwise known; Vrss E n 3; Jer <,umMt-1 " iibr.o e n«». D h3 ; 01 conj. nDH3; Tu Di think perh. old name of Babbath Ammon. t[Dn?, 7T07T!] only in DTOTO Ez 7" Ew nothing of <7iei> moaning, wailing; Thes BV wealth, cf. pen 5, but precarious; form very suspicious ; prob. dittogr. for preceding DTO ; del. B Co. t NJn"TOn n.pr.m. father of Haman (Pers. mdh, moon (mdha, month, Spieg APK2S6 ) + data, givent so (written hamaodata) Ot; © 'ApaSadov (alw. Genit.) ; in Gk. perh. Mafidrijs [MaSdrar, Madt'njr], cf. Xenoph "'- 3 " Diod""' 67 Pott ZMB18694!M );— "JJ^n xnnen Est 3 110 8 5 9 24 ; with- out 'HNn 9 10 . n^3n and DH (without appreciable dis- tinction in usage, except prob. in so far as the longer or shorter form was better adapted to the rhythm of particular sentences : on the whole nBn (alone) is somewhat more freq. than Dn, Dnn on the contrary is said regularly, ntsnn occurring only 1 2 1., viz. Nu c/(P), Je 1 4 15 Zci4 16 , and in the phr. nonn D^(n)3 2 K18 4 Je 3 1618 5 18 50 4 Jo 3 2 4' Zc &° Ne 13 15 , though Dnn D^S is much more common) pron. 3 pi. masc. (nran used incorrectly for the fem. Zc 5 10 Bui 22 Ct6 8 ), fem. nan [NH also ID, which occurs however in Bibl. Heb. only after a prefix : v. infr. 8], pr. 3 pi. they (BAram. ton, q.v.; ° p i, ^i; Eth. (one form) JlffO-VF: A^TF: 'emun-tu, 'eman-td; cf. also for the dissyl. form, the sf. -omu [fem. -on]; perh. also As. suff. sunu, sina[ni], cf. reff. sub Wn). In usage not different in genl. from W n, ton (which see, under the corresponding headings, for fuller explanations), thus : — . a. Gn6 4 Ex5 7 »Jj* Dn let them (emph.) go and gather straw, Nu 3 1 16 Is 2 4 14 Ho 4 14 7 3 etc; after 'S Je 5 5 34 7 . (For the use in circumst. clauses v. Dr* 160 ' 169 .) b. Ju 1 s2 Dn DJ . . . £}m, Dt 2 11 (Dn (]«), 3 20 Jos 9" Ez 30 17 . c. Ex 18 22 every small matter DiTUMMp) let them judge themselves, v 26 Je 15 19 17 18 I109 28 ; Est 9 1 . d. Gn 33 6 44 3 Jud 6 s etc. e. cf. Ne io 38 . . a. (Besuming the subj. with emph.) Gn 14 24 (note accents), Dt i 39 ^ 23* 27 s (accents),

9 io7 w Ez36 7 44 16 . b. Is 30 7 Ez 2 7»- ,7s '; 

cf. Is 44". c. Nu 14 27 * Je 27" Ez 43 19 Dn Tt?K pins yyro, Ec 4 2 Ne 2 13 . .' a. Gn 3 7 Ex 5" Dn D**1J »J for they are idle, 14 3 15 23 29 s3 etc. (the opp. order rare : Nu ii' 6 Is6i 9 , cf. De* 94 '"). b. Gn 3 4 2l:o 4i 2,i 48 5 Dn 7 . . . -pj2 "at? thy two sons . . . , they are mine, Ex 32 16 + oft.: Is. 41 22 nan no niafc'ton, 49 21 Dn nb'N n^N these — where were they? Zp2 12 after DW, peculiarly (cf. J)r im0U1 ). o. Dt 20 15 nan n*?Kn D?un nytr»6 -iste, j u 19 12 1 K 9 20 . d! 2 K 7° nan Ttstea. (Pr 19 7 Kt nisrrx? is prob. corrupt: v. Comm.) . a. Pr30 24 njpiB? Dn ny3"]K four things are they, the little ones of the earth, v 29 (cf. before a rel. clause v 1618 6 16 ) Ct 6 8 Is 5 1 " Tffikp nan D?n&y, 1 Ch 9 M (v. ton 4 a), b. (0) Gn 2 1 29 . . . jne> nan TO to. What are they — these seven sheep t Zc i 9 4 6 . (y) • • • n^K Dn fGn25 16 (=iChi M ) Lv2 3 2 Nu $*"*" 1S4 8 iCh8 6 12" (v. Dr 52013 ). . a. In a neuter sense (rare), Jb 6 7 nan ,{ ?np 113 they (i.e. such sufferings as mine) are as loathsomeness in my meat, Je 7 4 * 73'n ntsn ^ey (i.e. these buildings) are the temple of  ; and in the fem., Lv 5 s2 of all that a man doeth to sin nan.3 therein, 1CI121 10 naTO (|| 2S24 12 dto); 2S12 8 Jb23 14 nans things such as these. . With art. Dnn, Gn 6 4 Ex 2 11 Nu^ 38 -!- oft.; TOnn 12 1. (v. supr.); nann ti S 17 28 . N.B.— Ez 8 6 KtDTO stands for Dn no (so Qr), cf. njp for nrnp Ex 4 2 ; 2 K 9 18 Dn-^y is irreg. for DriHJ); '2 S 4 6 '31 nam is textual error for '31 bnpn nbpb njan. njjW nam v. We Dr (® & EVm). . With preps, (in lieu of the normal, and more usual, forms with suffixes DJT3, Dn?, DTO etc. [Bn3 & |n3, however, each once only, Dnios thrice: v.'?])— a. nana fEx 3 o 4 36' (both P), Hb i 16 ; nans t Je^ 3 "-; nenb +Jei 4 16 ; none fj e io 2 Eci2 12 . b. ons t2'S24 3 Yahweh add to the people nxo Dnai Dns D'tpVB the like of themselves and the like of themselves 100 times, = 1 Ch 21 3 (but Dn3 here only once, cf. Dt 1" D33), 2 Ch 9 11 Ec 9 12 . C. n?n3 tLvs 22 (P) Nui 3 19 (JE) Jes 17 : nans tGn 4 i 19 2 S 12 8 nansi nans ^ naDio, Jb 23": nan^> tEz i 5 - 23 - 23 42 s Zc 5 9 : naro tLv 4 S (P) Is 34^ Je5 6 Ezi6 51 42' V34 21 iCh2i 10 (|| a S 24 12 DTO). d. fn3 fGn 1 9 s9 (P) 30 26 - 37 Ex 25 s9 37 16 (both P) Lv io 1 11 21 14 40 Nu io J 16 7 (all R ncrr

n^nn P) Dt 28 s2 Je4» 48' 5I 43 - 43 (?H3 thrice only, v. p. 88); ?n3 tEz i8 14 (edd.; Baer ["?); |nb (=tlierefore) tRu i 1313 (also BAram.); ?nt? tEz 16 4752 (edd.; Baer jnn). (With the ex- ception of i"l?0?, these forms are found mostly in P and writers not earlier than Je. ; b and d, however, depend solely on the punctuation.) |"[rTQn] vb. murmur, growl, roar, be boisterous (X KBH , hut rare, and perh. not genuine Aram.; cf. Ar. '^iZl murmur); — Qal Pf. 3 mpl. ton ^ 4 6 7 + 2t.; Wm consec. Je^ + 2 t.; Impf. ncn> J e 6 23 + 3 t.; 2 fs. tonn ^ 42 12

5 ; TO 42°;' n 9™ 55 18 ; n :Si!S if; wffi 
  • 4-3^; lon>ils 5 i 15 Jesi 35 ; fi , on;V'39 7 +

2 1.; 1 pi. ncn; is 59"; /«/. nion is 17 12 ; Pt. nph p r 20 1 Je'4 19 ; f. noin 1 K r« njoh Pr 7 11 9 » rvoin is 2 2 2 ; fpl. niton p r i» nio'n Ez 7 16 (Co nton of. ® @);— 1. growl like a dog 3^33 yff 59 715 , subj. wicked men ; groan (in distress, lamentation), like bears D^IHS Is 59" (||run rW3); of doves (also in aim.) Ez 7 16 cf. Da (si vera 1., vid. supr.). 2. murmur, fig. of soul (t?03) in discouragement ^ 42 612 43 s ; in prayer '* 77 4 ( both II n ?^?); als0 sub J- D, V», of the thrill of deep-felt compassion or sympathy, sq. |> of person pitied, Je^i™ (||ucmN Dm), sq. ^S, Ct5 4 ; further ">i333, like the lyre (zither) Is 16 11 ; 077ns, like flutes, subj. 3.^> Je 48 M (sq. j>) v 36 (sq. ^); cf. Je 4 19 "non »3? 7. 3. roar, of waves, subj. 07! Je 5 22 31 35 Is 5 1 15 cf. V'46 4 ; sim. of roar of multitudes Isi7 12 3e6 a 50 42 ; metaph. id., Jesi 55 ; 6e tumultuous, of peoples V«- 46' (||toD); 83' ( || Wtir IKBO). 4. be in commotion, stir, of city 1 K i 41 Is 2 2 2 ; so pt. fpl. as subst. B*th niMpn Pr i 21 /tead of stirring, bustling streets (||onyt? >nno); of man, frav brpiK ^ 39 ? surely to no purpose tliey bustle about ( || D?X3~7|K B^N"?] ?nJT). 5. be boisterous, turbulent, as with wine Zc 9 s (but rd. perh. DOT, cf. FiH«*p>.».s.

K1() ThLZ. 1879. 564 g tft ZAW 1881. 18) . algQ pt ag a( Jj ; 

of ISC' (by meton.) Pr 20 1 ; of shameless woman Pn'V 3 . tpDH n.m. 1S4U (f. t Jb 31 ") sound, mur- mur, roar, crowd, abundance ; — abs. 'fl 1 S 4 14 -|-27 t. (4-2 K 25» = >iOK in ||Je 5^, v. 11. JtoK p. 54 supr.); cstr. p»n On I7 14 + 3° *• 4-Ez 39 ,1U (ata ftoq *?!); sf. VaitDn Is 5 13 -p 2 1. 4-Ez 3 1 18 Qr+ 3 t. (Kt njion); so also Co for n.pr. (?) "ton ( q . v .) 39 »; njton is 5 I4 + 6 1. + Ez 7 1213 30 4 (all del. B Co ; in 7 13 also Da), Fubn EZ29 19 ; DJton Is 31 4 EZ7 11 ; pi. B'Jbn J04' 1414 ; sf. n"3ton EZ32 30 ;— D33»n Ez5 7 v! sub )Dn infr.; — 1. sound, murmur, rush, roar, esp. sound made by a crowd of people, mur- mur, roar ^65" OtoS^ Tl (||D'B! ?iK?> etc.); cf. Tl Sp Is 1 3 4 sound of a roaring (|| fto? ^P), 33 s Dn io 6 ; CM# p»n I s 1712 (||DtoKJ>' pW) where again compared with 0*©- Hton ; also 31 4 of throng of shepherds (|piP); of a city Tl nnp Jb 39 7 (|| W ***$$); cf. T*J| 'T = noisy city Is 32", niion Is 5 14 ; of sound of songs Tp.T Tl Ez 26 13 '(||^li33 **?), cf. Am 5 s3 (||?I^33 m.Bt); of crying Tl ^p 1S4" (||^P np r VV) ; v. further D*J5 fi»n fig. of sympathy Is " (Hn-oni), c f. nen 2 ; of rain DB>an 'n bip 1 K i8 41 , cf. Je io 13 = 5i 16 ;— of rumbling of chariot-wheels fW>l Tl Je 47 s (rQ0 ^P niDna & iaa-i^ e>yi). 2. <M?nwZ<, confusion (as occasioning a roar) 1 S14" 2 S 1 8 M . 3. crowd, multitude (esp. freq. in Ez Ch): — a. frequently of great army Ju ' 1 S 14 16 iK 20 1328 Is 29" 2Chi 3 8 14 10 20 21216 - 24 32'; cf. Ez 39 11 ; also 7 1213 30 4 (cf. emend, supr.); on Je ■>? cf. VB ; v. further 313 p»n W| Ez 39 1115 ; Dn 11 10 (D'an D7^n 'n) t uj»»»j» (|| i?ina ^n) ; also pi. Jo 4 1414 . b. of a whole people 2 S 6" Is5 13 16 14 Ez 7 1114 29 19 30 1015 31 218 3 2 12121618 - .24.25.26.31.32 C- Q f any great thl'Ong 2 K 7' 31S (so MT 25 11 , but || Je 52 16 ?i»sn) ^ 42 s Jb 31 34 (nsn Tl) Ez 2 3 42 ; D^ia Tl Gn 17 45 (P) cf. Is 2 9 7 - 8 ; so, under fig. of overwhelming mass of waves Je 5 1 42 . 4. great number, abundance (late) D'BO Tl 2 Ch 1 1 23 ; of cattle Je 49 32 ; of things : materials for temple-building 1 Ch 29 16 ; tithes & gifts 2 Ch 3 1 10 . Hence 5. abundance, wealth, + 37" cf. Ec 5 9 (11*103), is 60 6 (o; 'n ; || D>i3 ^n). tfrT'On] n.f. sound, music, of instru- ments TJ>33 n:cn Is 1 4 » triji^n n.pr.loc. a city appar. to be founded to commemorate defeat of Gog, D31 71 -V^rnf EZ39 16 , but txt. dub. cf. Da; Co prop, tfion n031 v. p»n supr. ?D71 (^/of foil.; cf. Ar. Jii slied tears (sc. the eye) ; rain steadily (sc. the sky)). tn^Jpn, rtan!^ n.f. rain- storm (?), rushing or roaring sound (1): nria npWn 71p Je 1 1 ' 6 sound of a great storm, of wind fanning flames in tree (in fig. of Yahweh's judgment on Judah); > AVRVDa tumult; Hpf njO£J Pip crjn

™r Dt 2 15 Est 9 24 ; — 1. moye noisily, trans., drive a wagon in threshing VBH21 irfey baba 'n Is 28 s8 (||Bnn). 2. confuse, discomfit, c. ace. Ex 14 24 23 s7 Jos io 10 Ju 4 15 1 S 7 10 V i8 16 = 2 S 22 15 (llpsn), + 144 6 (|| id.); discomfit, vex, 2Ch 15 6 c. ace. & <T)f73a f instr.; c. ace. also Dt 2 15 (sq. DBfl ny), Est o" (sq. DT3k!>); prob. also Je 51 34 (||S?N), cf. DW Dt? 23 /' tDtSin n.pr.ni. son of Seir the Horite i Ch i 39 © Alpav ®L H/ia» ; = D£VJ Gn 36 s2 . ' tV?^ T ** rage ' be tur bulent (? denom. fr. pen Thes, after Rabb.; cf.Ke RV; AN multi- ply; but very dub.) — only Qal Inf. sf. D3Jpn J$r D^isn-ft? Ez 5 7 (Sm queries; Ew, after @ Aq, D33P n fr. njD); rd. rather, with Bo Co Da, DDnncn (fr. mo) because ye rebelled. |?2ri n.pr.m. Haman, favourite of Ahasu- erus(etym. dub.; ace. to Jen VOJ,892S8ff =Elamit. n.pr.div. Humban, or Humman) — Est 3 1 + 53 1. in Esther. D£2l"7 (v of foil.; meaning dubious). t [DT2n] n.[m.] only pi. D^DOn brushwood (cf. De Che Di RV ; some such mng. prob. fr. context) D^pon Bfc n'l|» I s 64 1 as fire kindleth brushwood (VB). TDH (v of foil.; cf. Ar.JL^A pour, pour out). H^kDP] a-f- flood (cf. Ar. V), or watery pit (prop, place of flowing waters; cf. Symm Win™, and NH, NHWB 1 "-")- onlypl. ninbnp ^ 1 40 n (Gr Che nnoso, nets, v. sub "ids ; comp. nvh y 6 ). J-tjrn Pron. 3 pi. fern., oft. in NH, in Bibl. Heb. only with prefixes, jns, etc. : see under JlBfl 8 d. II. }(!_("!? tNu 2 3 9 - 24 Jb 8 19: ° 13 1 26" ° ^ "IH Jb i3 15 36 30 41' + ) de- monstr. adv. or interj. Io I behold (on etym. (Balaam) Is 23 13 32 1 33' 139 4 Pr ii 31 (stating the run v. nsn), less widely used than nan, and in prose mostly confined to calling attention to some fact upon which action is to be taken, or a conclusion based ; a. Gn 1 22 AMI DINn m behold, the man is become as one of us, & now lest, etc., 4 14 behold, thou hast driven me forth etc., u 6 15 3 iq 34 27" 29' 30 34 (nearly =yea), Ex 5 s 6 12 - 30 Lv io 18 " Nu i 7 » Dt 5" (in prose only in Pent. (23 1.) and Ez 18 4 in this usage); in poetry, used more freely, but chiefly in Is 2 & Jb— Nu2 3 — ^5i 7 - 8 68 s4 78 20 premiss to a conclusion introduced by '3 IN, q.v.), 24 12 : elsewhere (except in senses b, c) only in Is 2 (23 t.) & Jb (31 t.), as Lmo' 516 I U*» 50 1J*M, J b 4 „ I5 ,5 ^5 (m thege three passages before 1^ or '3 *)«), 9" 12 etc. (v. supr.). tb. as a hypoth. part., propounding a pos- sibility, if (so NH BAram., Mand. Palm. ( Z * G 1S » 4M ); on the contr. Syr. ^ Pal. X pK, also Palm. (ib. p. 415), Ar. Q, with »), a special application or development of the use a: Ex 4 1 ^ OT8W t6 }.TI and behold (=and suppose) they will not believe me 1 etc., Lv 25 20 and if 0?1) ye say, What shall we eat the 7th year 1 SIP *0 ]U behold, we shall not sow etc. (i. e. supposing we do not sow), Is54 is Jb40 23 2 Ch 7 m3 (v 13b CWJ); stating the ground on which a qu. is based, Ex 8 s2 ((ftjss^j), Je 3 1 Hg 2 12 (v. fn Aram. b). tc. if, whether, in an in- direct question, Je 2 10 m WTWl fn Itq (but Gr ™Trgn); cf. DN 2 b, and fn Aram, c. Tiyn, once -nyn G ° 19 ' 2 , demonstr. part. Io ! behold ! (^1 certainly, surely, lit. Io /), with sf. (the pron. being conceived as accus., Ew ,a52c ; cf. ^jl , which takes an accus., whether of a noun or prOn. sf.) '33n Gn6 13 + oft. (also '?3n Gn 22 7 ), Wl Gn 22 1 "4-, (^ Gn 27 18 ), tls 65 1 "aan vian (but ^Sk nan i s also said Gn 24 1343 25 s2 48 21 Ex 4 s3 7" + ; and, more rarely, ■<:« n?n Ez 3 f™™ 2 Ch 2 s , cf. 2 K io 9 Je 32 s7 ); 1?n Gn 2o 3 +(t2 K 7 2 n=3n), ^in tV-i39 8 , fem. ^nGni6"+6t.; ian tNu23 17 Jb2 6 iChu 25 , in|_n t Je 18 3 Kt (Wn nan i s m0 re usual, as Gn 20 16 42 s7 1 S io 22 Je 38 s Ru 3 2 ): 1 pi. *»n t J0S9 25 2S5 1 J6 3 22 Ezr 9 15 , 13Sn tGn 4 4 16 50'* Nu 14 40 , «»n Jb 3s 35 ; Dr?n tDti 10 Je 16 12 ; Dan Gn4o 6 + oft. (37t.)— Io! beMdl a. point- ing to persons or things, Gni2 19 aud now ynyti nan behold thy wife ! 18 9 bni(2 nan be- hold (she is) in the tent (the suffix, when the noun to which nan refers has immediately pre- R 2 re

csi ceded, being not unfrequently omitted, 16 14 : cf. Dr' 135 - 6 - 2 ), 30 s 31 s151 Ex 24 s etc. With sf. of 1 ps., esp. in response to a call, indicating the readiness of the person addressed to listen or obey, Here I am! (lit. Behold me!) Gn aa ua 27 118 31" 37" 46 5 Ex 3 4 1 S 3 "- 6JU « 22" 2 S i 7 Is 6 B , cf. 1 S 1 2 3 '? 135) *}|n here I am, answer against me, 14* (cf. Dr" 298 ), 2 S 15 26 (in resig- nation: cf. Gn 44 16 5o 18 Jos 9 25 Ezr 9 15 ): of God Is 52 6 58° 6s 1,1 (repeated for emphasis). In the pi. Win Nu 14 40 Je 3* Jb 38 s6 .— Emph. <?X ♦JJTI Ez 34 11S0 , cf. 6 J . On . . . ^S ^n, v. bx 4, p. 40. b. introducing clauses involving predication : (a) with ref. to the past or present, it points generally to some truth either newly asserted, or newly recognised, Gn i 29 behold! I have given to you all herbs etc. 17 20 27 s 1 S 14 33 etc. ; often one upon which some proposal or suggestion is to be founded, Ex i 9 (cf. JH Gn 11 6 ) 1 S 20 2i 2 K 5 20 . When the proposal is to be of the nature of an entreaty or request, Wnan is often used, instead of the simple nan Gn i"a u 16 2 18 7 1 K 20 31 22 13 al. (v. to), (b) with ref. to the future. Here it serves to introduce a solemn or important declaration Ex 32 s * 34 10 Is 7 14 ; and is used esp. with the ptcp. (the fut. instans, Dr* 136 ' 3 ) in predictions or threats, Gn 20 3 no 1|n (lit.) behold thee (accus.) about to die, thou art about to die, Ex 4 s3 7 17 9 3 Dt 31 17 1 S 3 11 1 K 2c 36 22 28 Is 3 1 io 33 17 1 19 1 22 17 24 1 + oft.; in the phrase nan D<K3 fW 1 1 S 2 31 2 K 20 ,7 =Is 39 6 Am 4 2 8" 9 13 + Je 15 t.; very often with the suffix of 1 ps. sg., as N^t? '??? Behold, I bring (lit. be- hold me bringing, or about to bring) . . . Gn 6 17 Ex io 4 & often, esp. in Je; Gn 9' Ex8 17 9 18 34 11 2K22 20 l8i 3 I7 29 l4 43 19 JeS^n^OiPb W; so 23 s + ) 1 6 16 20 4 ,etc; anomalously, with change of person, Is28 16 "I?? '?JU (ace. to points) behold me, one who lias founded, 29 14 ^IpV ^an behold me, one who will add (so 38 s ); but it is dub. whether the ptcp. "ID fipi' should not be read. c. . . . narn very freq. in historical style, esp. (but not exclusively) after verbs of seeing or discovering, making the narrative graphic and vivid, and enabling the reader to enter into the surprise or satisfaction of the speaker or actor concerned : Gn I 31 and behold, it was very good, 6 12 8 1S 15 12 18 2 37 s9 Ex 2 6 Dt 9" etc.: in the description of a dream Gn37 79 40* 16 4I 12 - 3 IS29 8 , or of a vision Am7 M 8 1 etc. With a ptcp. (the context fixing the sense to the past), Gn 24 30 37" (both without suffix); Ju 9 43 ii 34 1 K i 9 6 " + . d. like II. jn (b), nearly=t/(rare): Lv ig 5 - 6 "- 8 - 9 (& elsewhere in this and the next ch.) nani and behold=and if, Dt 13" and 17 4 MO« njH) and behold it is trae=and if it be true, 19 18 1 S 20' 2 ; cf. 1 S 9' 2Si8 n Ho 9 6 . I. nsn 4> adv. hither (perh. from II. fO, used 8fiKTiKas, with n-loc, prop. Io hitherwards ! or perh. akin to Hi, lift, lift here) — a. of place: {a) hither Gn 15 16 n|P] C«*, 42 16 45 s that you have sold me nan hither, v 813 Jos 2 2 3 9 18 6 2 S i 10 IS57 3 nan «np cm), Je^ 51 s + ; 1 S 20 21 nan} ^BD from thee and hitherwards, i.e. on this side of thee (opp. ntf?ni I 1 ? 1 ?): repeated 2 K 4 s5 nan nntfl nan nrjK once hither and once thitlier=once to and fro; nan} nan hitJier and thither i.e. in different (or opposite) directions, + Jos 8 20 2 K 2 814 1 K 20 40 strangely nan} nan Tpy ^ay Wl lit. and thy servant was a doer of hitherwards and thither irnrds, i.e. was engaged in different directions (Ew S3M ' c treats 71 here as the pron. 3 pi. fem. construed irregularly, cf. njK ripil: but rd. prob. with ® X <S 93 Th Klo ftjh was turning or looking (Ex 2 12 ) for rip]l); n'an-iy even hither, Nu 14 19

S 7 12 2 S 20 16 nan-ny aip, 2 K 8 7 , to this point 

(in a book) Je48 47 51 64 (note of compiler or scribe). (£) here (cf. net? = there) Gn2i s swear to me nan here, Dn 1 2 5 '? nan . . . '? nan on this side of . . . on that side of . . . fb. of time, in nan *1JJ hitherto Gn 15 16 (with a neg., = not ye<) 44 28 Ju 16 13 ijr 71 17 & unttZ mow do

keep declaring thy wonders, 1 Ch 9 18 1 2 9 

until now (the point reached in the narrative). In late Heb., contracted to naiy hitherto, still tEc 4 2 , fjy tEc4 3 n;n i6 fiy iBta^who has not yet been (cf. Mish..^TV. hitherto, still, *<? 1H8 =wo< ye*). II. nari pron. 3 pi. fem. they : v. nen . nrorr v. sub ma. t t~: tQjn n.pr.m. (deriv. & mng. dub.; ace. to Sim Bo Gf al.= wailing, Ar. ^S, fr. cries of children (v. infr.), but this improbable) — only in 'JTf T («*^fc & abbrev. 'n 'i, n.pr.loc. of valley S. of Jerusalem, (© (pdpayya 'Ovopi Jos 15 88 Zovvap. 18 16 ; Tauwa V 16 ; Ymfitvdop.

Ch 28 3 , ®L <>ap. Btmnop; ye (Save 'Ewo/i 33 s , 

®L yfj Bevevvop.; elsewh. USU. (pap. (vlov)'Evvop,) — cf. sub N'?; — as mere topographical term D3n"|3 ^ boundary between Judah & Benjamin jept

■pn Jos 1 5 s 1 8 16 ; also 'n 1 5 8 1 8 16 (all P) cf. Ne 1 i 30 ; elsewhere alw. 'H"|3 'a ( 2 K 23 10 Kt has *J3 '3 DM, Qr & ® 93 sing.), & alw. with ref. to the sacrifice of children by fire, 2 K 23 10 2 Ch 28 s <S Jg ^31.32 j 9 2.6 32 36. Qn account f tn i g inhuman & idolatrous practice it was abhorred by priest & prophet, & defiled by Josiah; this conception afterward developed, through Is 66 24 , into Jewish Gehinnom (cf. Weber a,uvl0 < s - Th.ol.3 2 6 ff . Di Bu C hH OT och.l S l t j & NT yeWa Q n locality cf. Rob BB "• m '■ Tobler T °™<- " ■ "■ Bd PaI los ; mod. name (of lower half of valley, toward SE.) Wady er-Rabdbi. TJ^n n.pr. loc. named betw. Sepharvaim and Iwwa; site unknown, yet cf. Dl Fa279 ; 2K18 34 i 9 13 =Is 3 7 13 . PD271 v. sub flu. t t-: ' t"n> Cm interj. hush! keep silence (prob. onomatop.) Ju 3 19 and he said, I have a secret errand unto thee, O king, Dii "TO^'1 and he said, Keep silence! Am6 10 Dn "ION1 (while burying men in a pestilence), 8 s (ellipt.) in every place ! DH ^ vtj'n they cast them (the corpses) forth, (saying) Hush I sq. * *JM? (VJEO) Hb 2 20 Zp i 7 Zc 2 17 . Inflected, as though a verb, imv. pi. ^<] Ne 8" (Ges compares Arab. lii [=D?n] hither/ inflected as an imv., e.g. Ji'iS, jXli : -W AQ1 - 5368 ). Hence as denom. tHiph. imp/, apoc. Drn Nu 13 30 and Caleb stilled the people. rWDH v. sub JIB. t^TSn vb. turn, overturn (NH id., Aram. ^g|, ^So», Ar. alii "W SG47 , As. abdku, apdku DP)— Qal Pf. Lvi 3 3 +i3t.; f^j consec. 2K21 13 Jb34 2S ; 3 mpl. 13BH ^ 78 s ; Dnafit! Am6 12 J6 2 3 36 , etc.; /mp/. ifep La 3 3 Je'13 23 ; tjbn^. Gn I9 25 +6t.; *^pnn is io 9 ; sf. wasn>i Ju 7 13 ; 3 fs.'n'snrii 2 Ch 9 12 ; $vy$ Zp 3 9 ; : i3an_'liS25 12 Jbi2 15 ; /mc^n 1K22 34 = 2 Chi 8 s3 ; /»/ a&s. ^BH Pri2 7 ; cstr. T|fen Gn 19 29 iChi 9 3 ; sf. 'SB? Gn 19 21 ; ^MJ 2 S io 3 ; — on D?3Bn (so Baer, q. v.) Is 29 16 , v. tyQ; Pt. a*. #1 Am 5 8 ; 'SBhn ^ii 4 8 ; pi. DOSnn Am 5 7 ; pass. naiBn Ho 7 8 La 4". — 1. trans, a. turn, turn about, turn over, c. ace: e.g. turn the back (*)"#) Jos 7" (JE); a dish (nr&S) iTJB-^y 2K21 13 ; the hand, & so the horses of a' chariot 1 K22 34 =2Chi8 33 , 2K9 23 ; but also (sq. 3) of hostility La 3 3 ; turn a cake (pass.) Ho 7 s ; of ", mm nsk> 'n Zp 3" i. e. re- store speech of a pure kind, sq. CBJT?^; int< 3? 1S10' another heart, sq. v ; turn a wind (rwi ; i.e. bring from different quarter) Ex 10" (J). b. overturn, overthrow, sq. ace. Sodom, etc., Gn i 9 21 ' 252 » (J), Dt 29 s2 Je 20 16 La 4" (cf. '151 rOBilD Am 4" v. infr.; also n3BH, [rOBPID]); city of Ammon 2 S io 3 = 1 Ch 19 3 (obj. om.); mountains Jb 9* 28"; throne Hg 2 s2 (|| "TO^n), chariots v 22 ; tent (^nk), n^ob 'fl Ju 7 3 ; obj. earth ('n = devastate) Jb I2 1S ; wicked men Am4 n (TIKI Dhp-nK D"r6x D3BTO3 D33 >mtT iTlbjj) p r 12 7 Jb 34 a (obj. om.). c. turn= change, transform (i) sq. a.cc. = alter; a colour (i^5?) Lvi 3 55 (P); skin Je 13 33 ; bed (i33ft? v. 'O; Che his lying down) ty 41* i.e. restore to health; (2) pervert D^K n:n Je 23 s6 ; (3) sq. ace. c. Inf. jr 105" he turned their heart to hate his people; (4) turn to, into, sq. two ace. LV13 10 V'114 8 rock into pool of water; usu. sq. ace. + ?, iff 66 6 sea into dry land, ijr 78" rivers into blood, cf. 105 29 ; Je3i 13 mourning into joy, so ^ 30 12 ; Am 5 7 justice into worm- wood,cf.6 12 ; 8 10 feasts into mourning; Dt23°= Ne 1 3 2 curse into blessing; Am 5 8 death-shade into morning. 2. intrans. a. turn, turn back, Ju 20 3 " 1 2 K 5 s6 ^ 78' 2 Ch 9 12 ; sq. -pi!> 1 S 25 12 ; b. turn = change, change into, sq. pred. adj. J3? 'n turn white Lv 1 3 34132 » (all P). Miph. P/ Wfi Ex 7 16 + 10 1. ; 1%?) Jb2o H ; ^?n?1 consec. Lv 13 16 ; naon} Las' 2 ; 3 mpl. «Bn5Jbi9 19 + 3 t., 13BH3 1 S 4 19 Dnio 16 , UBrm consec. Ex 7 17 Is 34 s , etc.; Jmpf. ^BiV Is 60 5 Jo 3 4 ; WJ3 Ex 14 5 Is 63 10 ; 2 ms. ?]Bnn Jb 30 21 Ez 4 9 ; 13Bn>l Ex 7 20 ; Inf. abs. »jil«g Est9'; P<. 'nBni'Pr 17 20 ; TUBro Jon 3 4 ;— 1. reflex. & intrans. a. turn oneself, turn, turn back (cf. Qal 2 a) Jos 8 20 (JE); <wm aside ^ 78"; tow from side to side EZ4 8 ; pains turned upon (?5?) her 1 S 4 19 (i.e. came suddenly upon her) cf. Dn io 16 ; turn against sq. 3 Jb 19 19 ; turn to(ward), sq. t>y, Is 60 5 ()> N3). b. turn=change (oneself) sq. pred. adj. LVI3 25 (P); sq. pred. noun (]), vine turns into de- generate plant Je 2 2 '; no pred. expressed Jb 20 14 (cf. v b ); of heart turned in compassion Ho 11 8 ( || ,f 31l"0 VTO3?), in sorrow, distress, La i 20 ; of heart changed, so as to be favourably disposed toward (sq. ?£) EX14 5 (J) = change of mind; sq. f>, of plague spots changing colour Lv 13 1617 (P); rod changing to serpent Ton

yvi Ex 7" (P); faces to paleness Je 30 6 ; dance to mourning La 5 15 ; comeliness to corruption Dn io 8 ; y!*& D$ -]Sn>l I s 63 10 Jb 3c. 2 '. c. be per verse, only pt. used subst. i3it5y3 ^E~3 Pr 1 7 20 he that is perverse with his tongue. 2. pass., a. be turned, turned over to sq. ?, an inheritance to strangers La 5 2 . b. be reversed Est 9 1 . c. be turned, changed, sq. ?, waters into blood Ex 7 1720 (E); Saul into another man 1 S io 6 ; streams into pitch Is 34 s ; sun to darkness J03 4 ; stones to chaff Jb 41 20 ; month changed from sorrow to gladness Est 9^ ; cf. ^ 32* where complem. om. d. be overturned, over- thrown, of city Nineveh Jon 3 4 . e. be upturned, of subterran. work of miners Jb 28* = there is an upturning. Hitlip. Impf. 3 fs. 'H?l i ™ Jb38 14 ; Pt. 'nsnno j u 7 13 Jb 37 12 ; roBnnp Gn 3 s4 ; — reflex. & intrans.: 1. tarn this way Si thai, every way, of the flaming sword Gn 3 24 (J); storm-cloud Jb 37 12 ; turn over § over Ju 7 1S , of bread-cake tumbling into the host of Midian. 2. transform on°self Jb38 14 of earth under rising dawn. Hoph. l'f. n^n?3 ty Tjsnn Jb 30 15 there have been turned upon me terrors (cf. W^ v 14 , of foes). TTJSn 11.111. the contrary, contrariness, perversity;— abs. 'n Ez 1 6 3i ; tff^H v 34 ; sf. DMBn Is 29 16 (v. Baer); — 1. the contrary, opposite thing BftyTflp -jsn r"<m Ezi6 34 &; there hath occurred in thee the contrary from other women ; v 34 ^Bflp V?$5 so thou hast become the contrary. 2. D33BH Is 29 16 Oh, your perversity ! TrDDn n.f. overthrow (cf. esp. As. abiktu Dl w ), of the cities (of the plain) Gn 19 29 ; cf. [rognp] and ^sn 1 ». t"i|B2Dn adj. crooked, $ BN *J"J ^B3Bq Pr 21 8 crooked is the way of a guilty man.

[rCEVIUj n.f. overthrow — always cstr. 

n3Bnp ; & always of overthrow of Sodom, Gomorrah etc., exc. Is i 7 D" 1 "!} 'B, where rd. D'lD (Ew Che RS Frol,h - 34:i Di al.; also Lag 8OT ' 1S ); yet even so prob. gloss, cf. Stud. JPTh i»7. ;m. cfto 'D Dt 29 s2 Je 49 18 ; and with force of verbal noun, governing ace, D1DTIK WtVti 'D Is 13" Je 50 40 Am 4". Cf. also IfffiJ 1 b, flSB.n. TnrErtO n.f. stocks or similar instrum. of punishment (compelling crooked posture, or distorting), mentioned rather late; as punish- ment for Jeremiah ftJJJ? •%&} "«#J *fl Je 20 2 (@ tit tov KuTapaKTTjv k.t.X.), cf. 'BrTPK 29 s6 (© flf to anoKkfurfta ; || P^SrTPN ; © dt tov KarapaKTrjv, but order of words perhaps reversed in ©); O?!™? 1 ! 1 20 3 ; rDBHEiri rV3 assigned also to Asa's time 2 Ch l6 10 (© ttv <£vX<iiciji> ; ®L dt oikov <j>vKaKrjt; cf. Acts 16 24 , where dt tt/v fatirfpm! (pvXaKqv, -f- dt to £vov TLrCEnjPlJ n -f- perversity, perverse thing (only Pr exc. Dt 32 20 )— PI. abs. fliasnn Dt 3 2 20 + 8 1. ; cstr. id. Pr 2 14 ; — perverse things, particularly utterances Pr 2 12 io 32 23 s3 , cf. 'n ^3 8 13 , 'D |te$ io 31 , and even Tl 15*K Pr 16 28 (]|?jH? slanderer); but also thoughts, devices Pr 6 14 16 30 ; 'T "OT Dt 22™=2>erverse generation (|| D3 fr|T»6), VT 'n Pr 2 14 (|| IT) nib'JJ). ^n Na 2 8 dub. ; perhaps txt. err. ; v. 3XJ. rhxn v. sub b*). T T .— tl^fl n.[m.] deriv. & mng. dub.; only Ez 2 3 24 *?$& 33T iXh -J^y WM; txt. prob. in error : ©' ?1BX0 so Co (cf. 26 7 ) ; -p» Furrer ZPVv1 "- 27 ; yet v. Di. t«"iri n.pr.loc. 1 Ch 5 26 but rd. H» T| cf. Schr^ GF430 , v. || 2K17 6 1 8". -tjnn Ez 43 15 v. SfTI! sub 11. rat. "lOIll vb. kill, slay (NH id., nnw MI - T ^ (is. Impf. consec); Ar. i-Jj£ fall into war, conflict, disorder, slaughter; Sab. J"in fight Os 4 - 1 ", kill Sab Denkm 2425 )— Qal />/. 3 ms. 'n Ju9 24 +4t., rjn 2 Si4 7 +2t., J^J) consec. Is 2 7 1 ; sf. *SpiJ consec. 1 S 1 6 2 + 2 1; ft$ Gn 4 2i ; etc.; Impf. i^- f io 8 + 4 t.; "J^ Jb 5 2 ; flip Ex i 3 16 +i4t.; sf. ""in: Gn 4 14 ; 1 s. tfTJflf Am 2 a , J'inK Am 9 1 ; cohort. njinSI Gn 27 41 ; sf. nn

mn I'lnnNJ 2 S 4 10 2 K io»; 3 mpl. ^rr + 94' Ez »3«; VJtRJ Gn 34 25 + 4 t.; sf. »}J$E Gn 2 6 7 , etc.; /ww.'nn JU8 50 ; sf. »S")n Nun 16 ; pi. Win Nu 25 6 + 2 t.; tfjq Nu 31 1 ' 7 ; /»»/. «**• ^V? Nu 1 i is + 2 t.; *VJ Est 9 16 ; cstr. tfq Ex 2 1S + nt.; Jinn Ec 3 s Est 7 4 ; «/ ^n ExV'; ttfjn Ex5 21 ; Vf? 1 S24 1 '; inn Gn27 42 +2t.; inn Ex 21"; ><.'oc<.n.'n Gn 4 ' 5 + 4 t.; n.in Ez 21 16 ;

n Ez 28 9 ; D*rjh Je 4 31 2 K I7 B ; jpa««. B^nn Is'io 4 + 2 t.; D'Jin Is 14 19 ; cstr. "nn Je i8 21 ; iwn i 8 27'; rronn i s 26 21 ; -wn'pr 7 20 ;— 1. a. fe7Z, «Za;/, implying ruthless violence, csp. private violence Gn 4 «-"->"»-» i 2 ls (all J), 20 11 (E) 26 7 27 4142 34 2526 37 2026 (all J), 49" (poem in J), Ex 2 141415 (E), 5 21 (J) 21" 23'

16 2 20 6 

z» 14 7 23 21 (both JE), Nu 3 i 19 (P) Ju 9 '-" iSi6 2 22 21 2 4 1U218 2 S 3 30 4 I0 - ,, -» K2" i8 121 " 4 i 9 11014 2K9 31 io 8 iCh7 21

1 23 2 Ch 2 1 413 2 2 8 24 23 - 25 25 3 Ne 4 6 6 10 - 10 Zc n 5 

^ io 8 9 4 6 (|| D?H); cf. Ju 8 ,8 - , »- J0 - SI 9 H 1 K 12 27 Is 14 20 2 Ch 22 1 Ne 9 26 ; so of massacre of Jews planned by Haman Est 3 13 7 4 (both T05!>njj } nnp), and of slaughter of Jews' enemies in defence and revenge Eit 8 11 (same combin.) ^e.io.12.15.16 c f_ V n (pi p asg ij ie gi a i n y },. hence of wholesale slaughter after battle Nu3i 7 ' 8 - 81717 (all P), Jos8 24 io 11 (both JE), I3 M (P), JU7 2325 8 17 9 45 2Sio 18 1K9" 11 24 2K8 12 1CI119 18 2 Ch28 6 - 7 - 9 36 17 Ez26 811 , cf. Jug 26 ; pt, pass. the slain Is io 4 14 19 cf. Ez23'° 47 37 s , Jei8 21 niD VPq (|| anrnac); further Ho 9" Hb 1 17 Je 4 3 ' Ez 2 1 16 2 8 9 ; also of slaughter in a revolt 2 K n 8 =2 Ch 23 17 . 2. of God's slaying in judgment (stern and inscrutable), Gn 20 4 (E), Ex 4* i 3 ls 2 2 a (all JE), Am 2 3 4 10 9 1 ' 4 La 2 421 3 43 f 59 12 78 31 - 34 135 10 136 18 cf. Nu ii 1615 (JE), 22 s3 (J), Is 14 30 , 26 21 (puss, the slain, so 2 7 7 ), Je 15 3 ; fig. s-'-ioxa rrrunn Ho 6 5 (Ipfoxri D'JOasa). 3. rarely of judicial killing by men (at God's command), Ex 32 s7 (JE), Lv 20 1616 (H), Nu 25 s (JE), Dt 13 1010 cf. Ez 9 6 unnn IVn&iyp. 4. of killing beasts, Nu 22 s9 (J ; Balaam's ass), Lv 20 16 cf. supr., Is 22" (oxen; Hone'), D»a -f» pann IS27 1 ; also of killing vines, by hail i//- 78 47 . 5. of killing by beasts: lions 2 K 1 7' 23 , viper Jb 20 16 . 6. quite general is Ki3"6 nyi JfTO njJ Ec 3 3 . 7. destroy, ruin i$3g n"»n nnbi e>ya-nn: yygfc jb 5 2 ; njWB Diasri D^'pa rnjneh Dnnri dtib p r i 32 ; also of those ruined by shameless woman Pr 7 26 . — Regular construction is c. ace; obj. sometimes om., as La2 21 ; used abs. Ho 9 13 Je 4 31 15 3 La 3" Ez2i 16 EC3 3 ; sq. 3 slay among, i.e. some of, 2 K 17 s5 2 Ch 28 6 -' V 78 s1 ; sq. ?» (part of), 4- ace, I Ch I9 18 ; sq. dir. obj. c. ? 1 2S ^J^tfi, 135"= i 3 6 19a, (but in last 3 first obj. is ace). Niph. Itnpf. 1. pass, of Qal

a, n.iV La 2 20 shall priest and propJtet be 

slain in the sanctuary ? 2. pass, of Qal 1 b,

fpl. njpj? Ez 26"; also Ez 26" ann nrs 

(= 5-inna), but © Co ann jnna. Pu. P/. 3 ms. nil Is 27' 6* s/am (pass, of Qal 1 b); cf. 1 pi. ua*jh ^ 44 23 (|| nnat: |Nsa yae>nj). trffi n.m. **■ slaughter— 'n abs. Pr 24" -2t. + Ez26 15 (©Co 2nn); cstr. Is 2 7 7 — of Jews' slaughter of their enemies Est 9' (|| ?^3t*); syfr D'oo Pr 24 11 (II rmsb ^np^) ; nn vavin yjns Is2 7 7 ; 31 Jnn Dva is 30 25 (cf. "• B*an ova iSS? "i^-nx v 26 ). Ez 26 15 id. with © Co' supr. Tnyin n.f. slaughter; only abs. in foil, combinations, 1 N" 1 ?. Je 7 32 19 s new name for Qbn-(3 tVZ ; tl OS" Je 1 2 3 of the wicked, i.e. day of judgment; 11 I^2f Zc n 4 - 7 i.e. Judah and Israel, slaughtered by their shepherds. + 1. tl 1(1 vb. conceive, become pregnant (As. irA II Dl 1 ^ 21 Muss. Arnolt Hbr0rt - 189ft ' 7 Jiiger BA81 - 478 ); — Qal Pf. 3 ms. nnni con- sec. + 7 15 ; 3 fs. nnnn Gn 16"; 2 fs.'nnm consec. Ju 13 3 ; 1 s. wnn Nun 12 ; 1 pi. Wnn Is 26 18 ; Tmpf. nnril Gn 4'+ 26 1. (inffl Gn 16 4 ); 3 fpl. jnnni Gn 19 s6 ; 2 mpl. nnn is 33"; / m / a6s. nin Jb 15 35 , vn Is 59 4 cf. also v 13 sub Po. infr.; Pt. f. sf. VTjin Ct 3 4 ; Dnnin Ho 2 7 ;— 1. lit. conceive, become pregnant Gn 16 44 ' 8 19 36 25 21 38'" (all J), 2 S 1 1 3 (agency of man expressed by ?» Gn 19 36 , i» 38 18 ); usu. in phr. l)m "BWl Gn 4 ' 17 2 1 2 2 9 32 ' 33 - 34 - 35 30" (allJ), v 3 8 3 - 4 (both J), Ex2 2 (E), 1 S 1 s0 2 i Ch 7 s3 Is 8 3 Ho I 368 , prob. also 1 Ch 4 17 nnm Dnip-nX yhm] cf. Be; further Ju 13 3 , and cf. Moses' 'question njn D^>3 nx ^nnn »a5«n in^rn.^ , a'jX-D{< Nu 1 1 12 have I conceived all this people,or have I brought it forth? Pt.f. || DX H02' Ct 3 4 . 2. metaph. nn ti^J ioa «bn wnn Is 26 18 of anxious and disappointed waiting; &i> r6n W.n nnn Is 33 11 , of futile planning, cf. Che ; elsewhere of evil, mischief ?9V '"H™ n|5^' n^l f 7 15 (subj. wicked man), cf. Jb 15 35 Is 59 4 , so also v 13 , read inn (Inf. abs.) cf. Di. Pn. Pf. 3 ms. n?3 nnh Jb 3 3 a man hath been conceived (Bo 11 - plos Ba NB 77 regard as Qal pass.). Po. Inf. abs., conceive, contrive, devise Wll mn ,:!3 (allE), 2K4 17 mn IjW n.3-=I 3.k> Is 59 » but rd. rather 6$) V*J Qal Inf. abs. v. supr. (Ba ,c - expl. MT as Qal Inf. ;)ass.).-On *3Vl Gn 49 26 v. "*1 and nn l c. til. rnn adj.f. pregnant—; abs. 'n Gn i6" + 10 1. ; cstr. rnn J e 20 17 ; pi. cstr. Tfnn Ami 13 ; rf. mnfffl 2 K 15"; Dn'nin 2 K 8 12 ;— pregnant, as attrib., 'n ngfc Ex 21 s3 ; as pred. Gn38 24 (D^«jf>), v 25 («•*!>), 1S4" * S 11 5 Is 7" (+ n< 37Dj iu P hr - *T£1 n ! n W ^ 1 6" (on resemblance to Is 7 14 cf. p e ters Hbr - Aprl885,24Si A,,r - 1886,175^ j u j^sj. _ gu b s t. pregnant women, women with child Am i 13 2 K 8 12 15 16 Je 31 8 , and, in aim., Is 26 1 ' ; once of womb ^Dnil nSiy rnn j e 20 17 . (hn v. fi'-jn. . I LiTHn J *dj ■£ pregnant, only pi. as subst . WT#TnjHb 14 1 (cf. As. eriidte Jiiger BA81 - 473 ). T (V^n n.[m.] conception, pregnancy; — 'n abs. Ho 9" Ru4 13 ; sf. ?Pk! Gn 3 16 , either contr., so Ew' 214 *, or erron. for W"V1 which stands in Sam. cf. Di ; — conception, in combin. fVnngi fB3D? nnks Ho 9"; ijw 'n r6 " m Eu 4 13 ; ^2*uj) Tj3i3S? Gn 3 16 (II nbri). t'H'nn adj. gent. 1 Ch n 27 "l^qri; but read prob.' "tnnn ( c f. || 2 S 23 s5 ) q.v. T D"

n.pr.m. a Canaanitish king ruling 

in Gezer Jos io 33 . t WSn n.pr .m. a Judaite (DHM *"«■ DOTkm - M comp. Sab. n. pr. Din, nO"in, Ar. n.pr. l^a, etc.) 1 Ch 4 8 . • r ' D^rt v. D"in jvs p. 1 1 1 supr. i[|i?2">n] n.m. mng. dub.; text perhaps corrupt; only Am 4 3 njiOinn niJW^rn and ye shall cast them (your JVinx, posterity, AE ; Hi RV cast [yourselves], but read rather with Vrss as pass. '^JJ shall be cast) into Har- mon; if text be sound, some locality must be meant, though the nature of the allusion is lost (AV, into the palace, treats |lDtn improb. as= pDIK). X <3 have mountain(s) of Armenia (njte tn), Symm Armenia, cf. Lag G< * Abbm , Hoffm ZAWI "- ,882 ' 1 » 2 ) of exile; Hi-St for 'n rd. njTHTfK] to Hadadrimmon, n.pr.loc. in plain of Jezreel, so Gunning; ® ds ro Spot to 'Popnav, whence Ew ingeniously njitn "inn and ye shall cast Rimmonah (name of idol, supposed fem. of Rimmon 2 K 5 18 ) to the mountains. Din □Q^n v. *$S| p. 74 supr. Tlin n.pr.m. {mountaineer; i.e. moun- tain-people (or land)? cf. Di Gn 1 i 27 ) ; — 1. son of Terah, brother of Abram and father of Lot Gnu 27 - 27 - 31 (all P), v 2 " (J); also father of Milcah (Nahor's wife) & Iscah v 29 (J). 2. a Levite (Gershonite) 1 Ch 23". — On pn in n.pr.loc. v. sub Din 7V3, p. III. tD 1)1 vb. throw down, break or tear — T down IMI Din; ?Ar. J^j», bruise, bray, pound, crush (grain)) — Qal Pf 'fl La 2 217 ; oin is I4 i7 ; jjtanm j u (p 'ncnrn Ez 13 14 Mi 5 10 ; WVJI Ez i6 39 '26 412 Win 1 K 19 1014 ; Impf. Diin;jbi2 14 ; sf.D"in;is2 2 19 ; n^Y^iChao 1 ; ?W$l Pr 2 9 4 ^"VJlf^l 3 &• sf. 3 ms. ^D-inn Pr'14 1 '; 2 ms. D n'Exi5 7 ; DinK Je 24 6 '42 10 D'nnK Mai i 4 ; 3 mpl. WVP Ex'19 2124 ; ttrtjp 2 K'3 25 ; Imv. trm f 58'; sf. npin 2 S ii 25 '; Inf. Din Je 31 28 , Ofhq Je i 10 ; Ft. act. Din Je45 4 ; pass. WW 1 K 18 30 ; — 1. <Aroio down, tear down, c. ace: altar(s) Ju 6 s5 1 K 18 30 19 1014 ; height (33, where idol-altar stood ? cf. 3? sub 333) Ez 16 s9 ; city (cities) Is 1 4 17 2S11 25 2K3 25 1 Ch 20 1 (cf. Ml 27 ) Mai i 4 (obj. not expr.); wall(s)Ez i3 14 26 12 ; house Pr 14 1 (fig. of foolish woman's action); strongholds (D^SSD) La 2 2 Mi5 10 ; tower(s)Ez26 4 ; fig. overthrow (i.e. ruin) land Pr 29 4 (opp. I'DJj!); obj. men Ex 1 5 7 (poem in E) Is 22 19 (cast down Shebna from office); fig., opp. building up, of Yahweh's dealings with men ^ 28 5 , cf. (without obj.) Je 24 s 42' ; obj. indef. Up W W33 "VhH Je 45'; abs. Je i 1 " 3 1 28 La 2 17 Jb 12". 2. break down, break away to'SS iCSE 1 Tj ^ 58" break away their teeth in their mouth! fig., addressed to God. 3. break through, intr., sq. / *7% Ex 19 21 ; sq.

  • 7$ rb& v 24 (both J). Miph. Pf. 3 fs. npnns

Pr 24 31 ; 3 pi. »")■?? Je5o 16 Joi 17 ; Winjl consec. EZ30 4 38 20 ; Impf Uyrfi JC3I 40 ; 3 fs. OVVf Pr 1 1 11 ; (WW ^ 1 1 3 ; P«. nteVgrj Ez 3 6 35M ;— 6e thrown or <ora down; wall(s) of vineyard Pr 24 31 , of city Je 50 15 ; cities Ez 36 s5 cf. v 36 ; fig. ruined Pr 11" (opp. Dffl); foundations, n'niD^ Ez 30 4 ; Tfirtf ^ 1 1 3 ; mountains Ez 38 20 ; storehouses nVl3Bp Jo 1 17 [v. 'd] ; valley E. of Jerus. bnrvnfy ' tfnsrtb Je^i 40 it shall not be plucked up nor thrown down, appar. proverb, expression, implying destruction, removal. Pi. Impf 2 ms. sf. DCn™ Ex 23"; Inf. abs. Din Ex 2 3 24 ; Pt. pi. sf. WlfJO Is 49";— over- throw, tear down DP")^ D "! n Ex 23 s4 thou shall utterly tear t/iem down ( JE ; obj. = idols cf. Di); pt. destroyers, of Zion Is 49" (H^nnD). Din

-in TD"in n.[m.] overthrow, destruction, only Is 19 19 one shall be called Dnnn Ty city of destruction, i. e. (as usually explained) with punning allusion to On-Heliopolis : it shall be called no longer Dnnn Ty city of the sun, but Dnnn Ty city of destruction, city whose temples, etc., of the sun have been destroyed ; but perh. <@ jrdXis a<rchtK = >~)tn Ty city of righteousness, so Gei CrMhrlft79 Brd Di (change intentional? cf. id.); on other views v. id. & De Che. t[np"nn] n.f. ruin (concr.) ;— Vnbnni W&f Am 9" and its ruins (i.e. of Tin n?p) will I raise up (|| fTXnB). TLrnD*"}n] n.f. overthrow, destruction, ruin; — ^)pnn H? I s 49 19 the land of thine over- throw, i.e. thy ruined land (||TnbCt}>l IRObTJO). ™)U"7 (v of foil.; meaning dubious). "VI 668 n.m. Gn7 ' 19 mountain, hill, hill- country (NH id., pi. Din, nn-jn; ph. nn +CIS 1 - 3 ' 17 ; Sab. sf. WSnmn Drffl ™™>.my_ 'n abs. Jos 17 18 4- ; c. art. Tin Ex 3" + ; c. n— loc. rrjn Gn 14 10 , ninn Gn i 2 8 + 12 1.; cstr. nn Gn I o 3 "+; sf. nqn ^ 30 8 , nnn J e 17 3 ; D3nn f II 1 ; BTin Gn i4 6 ; pl- Q, 1 n Dt 11" + ; c. art. SH™J GnV 9 +; cstr. nn Gn8 4 +27 t.; *T|n Dt 33 15 + 8 t. (all poet.); sf. nn Is 14 25 49 11 Zc i 4 5 + Ez 38 21 (B Co imn), nn i s 6s 9 ; inn Ez 35 8 Mai i 3 ; n^in Dt 8 9 ;— 1. mountain, hill (these often not sharply distinguished, but) : a. specif, mountain, high elevation, oft. in all the literature; — e.g. ^'p "in Mount Sinai (properly, the Mount of Sinai; so always) tEx I9 1118 - 20 - 23 24 16 31 18 34 "-»-» LV7 38 25 1 2 6 46 27 s4 NU3 1 28 s Neg 13 (v. W?); also nnn = id., Exi9 2 +iot. Ex 19 (v 18 rd. Dyn, ' s ° Codd. © Di) 20 18 24 4 +6t. Ex 24; 25^ 26 30

8 32 U5.19 34 2.3.3.29. = ;i-|in-in tEx 33 6 (v. Sft^, 

also nanh DTO^n nrri>K EX3 1 , anh nn'Sxn nn ny 1 K 19 8 ; further inn =jrf., Dt 4 U11 s 4 - 5 -' 19 - 20 9 9 + iot.Dt9.io,iKi9 n ;=D , nbxnnnEx4 27 i8 5 24 13 (all JE)=mW nn Nu io 33 (cf. Di); v. further nnn nn Hor the mount (so always) Nu 20 22 + iot. Nu; Dt 32 50 ; = nnn Nu 20 28 - 28 ; i3J nn Dt32 49 3 4 '=nnn 32 50 ;=mn onagri nnNu 27" Dt 32 49 , cf. (i33 ^a?) onagri nn Nu 33 47 " 8 ; D»n| nn Jft. Gerizim fDti'i 29 27 12 Jos 8 s3 ; (rnprj tfkn j u 9 7 ; b^y nn Mt. Ebal-yDt 1 i 29

4 ' 3 Jos 8 3033 ; also ponrt nn Mt. Hermon 

Dt3 8 Josn 17 12 15 13 511 iChs 23 ; cf. Dt 4 4S ftonn Kin /sob' nn ( v . fionn), & fiDnn ^ya nn (v. id., & jionn i>ya sub IJya); /iJal>n nn ^. Lebanon JU3 3 , cf. ?foa|> tbv nnn Dim? 2X19° = Is37 24 (v. lM3^);'bpnin nn Mt. Carmd 1 K i8 192 ° 2 K 2 25 4 26 (v. bona); nnn=^., 4 » appar. also i 9 ; nian nn l/<. Tabor, Ju 4 612 14 , cf. Je 4 6 18 anna nian ( opp . D;a bens); yai>?n nn 1 S 31 18 2 S i 6 , also (poet.) '33 nn v 21 (cf. Dr); Dl n-In J u i 3 * (Stu onn ny) c f. Dnn ; own nn Zc 14 44 J/oww< of Olives, (opp. N , 3) cf. nsta nnn Tyb onjio Ez ii 23 ; also tb&tv JB-by Tj*j nna

K n 7 (place of Sol.'s idolatry) = n'retorrnn 
K 23 13 mt. of the destroyer (same combin. in 

another, fig. sense Je 51 25 ), others der. 'On here fr. TVffli anoint, and render &s = Mt. of Olives (cited as nnmn nn Talm., Shabb. 56 b), cf. Hoffm ZAW1882 ' 175 ; Dnnn nn« i n land of Moriah Gn 22 s ; mts. about Jerus. in gen., ph 3>3p Dnn D.b^T ^ 125 2 ; cf. also f 1 2 1 1 (II W); nnn f citadel of Jerus. Is 22 s ; of temple hill n?3n nn Mi 3 ,2 = Je 26 18 ; *n*% nn Is 2 2 =Mi 4 1 , 2 Ch 33 ,s ; also B^B nnn J e 1 7 s ; further ;i>5f nn Mt. Zion Is 4 5 8 18

7 

-

s 31 4 37 32 Mi 4 7 Las 18 Ob 17 Jo 3 5 + 48 312 

74 2 78 s8 125 1 (v. also |tyj; comp. fiTn'! nn Is io 32 , 's ns nn i6' ; ^7} is 2 3 =Mi 4 2 , is 30 29 ^ 24 s ; (ta. of Horeb Nu io 33 JE); niK3i; "-in B>npn nn Zc 8 3 , "enrrnn z P 3 " Ob 16 Ez 20 40 lsn 9 =65 25 , cf. 56' 57 13 65" J02 1 (||fi»X) 4" (||«d.) +2° (id.) 3 6 1 5 1 43 3 4 8 2 ; v. further DWTi) ^nrjin is 66 20 cf. Dn 9 16 & enpn nn BJ^TP IS27 13 ; also BHp- , 3X nn Dn n 45 ; B^n-nfl J63I 23 ; even n^ tnjj nn Bng 20 ; other designations of temple-hill are non nnn in3B*ij 'K ^68 17 , & btn^ Dint? nn Ez 17 23 20 4 " (|pVii5-nn) ; D" 1 ^ tn>nn Ez 2 8 14 of the dis- tant abode of God (or gods 1) so D'ripK nn v ls (D , ipN"nn |f 68 16 is general, a God's mountain, i.e. a majestic mt., likewise in simile ?K - nnn3 ^CgB-'O f 3 6 7 );— DnSsn nn elsewh. of Horeb (Sinai) Ex 4 » 18 5 2 4 13 1K19 8 (v. supr.). Note partic. fnj?iO"nn Is 14 13 mountain of meeting or of assembly, i.e. the dwelling-place of the gods, ace. to Babylonian conception, here represented as in the far north, v. esp. Che De Di, DI F * OT m COT •" ,oc - Jr 57 "■ Jen «°««"°«" ™. Upon the mt. is nnrrby c f. Dr^r^j n^ins-^y |j3rii Ju 1 1 38 , & the peculiar phr. "^ 'njvy nh$K Dnnn v 37 ; go up upon "?K TV'S Ex I9 23 24 13 34 4 (all JE); cf. ace. in nnn nn onk byn Nu 20 s6 ; -in

-in speak with one upon is ina 131 Ex 3 1 18 34 32 Nu 3' (all P), Lv 25 1 (H), cf. command, give com- mands, law, etc., 1.13 Lv 7 38 2 6** 2 7 s4 (all P or H) ; other phrases with 3 upon (lit. in, i.e. in the midst of a group of nits.) Ex 34' ?33 (JE) 25 40 26 s0 2 f N1128 6 (all P),Is 13 4 ; but 31H3 ^ 106 19 = at Jloreb, inn Tna Nu 33 37 a< Aft. Hot; go doton from the mt. is "inn - |D TV Ex 32 115 (both JE) 3 4 MM (both P), cf. Ju 9 36 etc. b. mountain-range JB>3-in ^68 1616 = Cl , r6N-in v 10 ; = D*|H|~in y* t D*|IM tfnn v 17 (of the Jebel Hauran : v. }Bb). c. mountain, indef., Jb I4 18 (|p1X); usu. pi. mountains, in general, or the mountains, esp. in poet. & the higher style; oft. fig.; D^n, Dnnn, covered by flood Gn 7 20 cf. v 19 8 s ; covered by waters & freed therefrom by word of God (at creation) ^ 104 6 ; a chief work of God (in creation) Am 4 13 ^65 7 90 2 Pr S 25 (||rt»?|); weighed by God Is 40' 2 ; removed and overturned in anger of God Jbo 6 cf. Vm6 34 ; devastated by God Is 42" (UrtPai) cf. Jeg 9 ; smoking at God's touch js 104 32 144 5 ; melting at presence of '* Ju 5 6 Mi i 4 V^97 6 Is 63" 64 s ; trembling Is5 25 cf. Je 4 24 (|| nto), Na i 5 (id), Hb 3 10 ; called to witness Yahweh's dealings with his people Mi6 2 (|| H^ 'l? b Q, ?™ n ) cf. v 1 (||niV35n), entreated to cover the guilty Hoio 8 (|| DiV33); addressed by '* also Ez 6 3 (|| niV33, opp. D'jVBS, ^¥?) ; specif., mis. of Israel summoned to hear and addressed by him Ez 36 11 - 4 - 8 37 s2 38 s 39 2 - 4 ; summoned to praise ^ ^ 148 9 (||niV33) cf. Is 44° 49 13 55 12 (||niV33); leaping in praise of'1^114 46 (both |j riivaa) ; Drj^qn Dt33 15 (||D^y niV33) ; ly-nin Hb 3 6 (id.); Tjrnin also ^ 76 s (ace. to ® Bi Che; MT has HfljD for TJ), and prob. Gn 49™ for MT Tj> "jtfl ( || D^iy nya?) c f. Di. d. %A *& "33 in i s 30 25 (||i"W^3 ny33) c f. 40 9 52 7 ; ind nas in Ez 4 o 2 ; W>rn niu in Ez 17 22 ; pi. D'na3n Dnnn Gn 7 19 f 104 18 (||D^p), D'nin 'nn i' 8 2 » a V symbol of strength and pride (||niN{Mn rriyasin), c f. cinn Ez 38 20 ( || niaiiD, noin). e . opp.' valley or plain Jos 12 8 (D; opp. lain, nntw, naiy, rbzp), cf. Dt i 7 , also Je 17 s6 (opp. "nW) ; Gn 19 17 (J; opp. 133); oft. opp. K£ 2K2" Ez 3 i> 2 (fig.) 32* (id.) 35 s (*m 3° 4 (||«.). Is 40 4 (|| id.), opp. nypa Dt 8 7 11" f 104 8 ; opp. 1310 La 4 19 (cf. Jos 1 2 8 supr.) ; Dnn }<3 ,/, 104 10 is || D^np; see also D'poy »n%l6] * Dnn v&x 1 K 20 s8 ,' cf. v 23 (opp. nWn?); note also p»yn iri Jos 13" (P), & nnTOJ, Dnn-a Zc 14"; further Dnn lait? ^ 75 7 mountainous desert Vrss. & most mod. (Baer 13TO but cf. De) ; mountain- ward is rnn Gn 14 10 . f. mts. as hiding- places:— onna isste nnnisri j u 6 2 </ te 6urrow«  (Stanley, VB) which are in tlie mts.; cf. ^ 1 1 1 Jel6 16 (||n^33); Dnn B^Wp 1JBH Jb 28' (of mining), v. also Dt 8 9 . g. mts. as running- place of gazelles 1 Ch 1 2 8 ; of leopards nin Bno? Ct4 8 ; hunting-ground for partridges

S 26 20 ; Dnn tf& ^. 50 " c f. ! r i (fig.), wander- 

ing-place of lost sheep (fig.) Na3 18 1 K 22 Jeso 6 cf. v 6 (|| ny33), Ez 34 6 (||nDi njnr^a)

Ch 1 8 16 . li. grazing-places for cattle ITtona 

I^TT)"? f 50 10 (rd. i>K for fb« 01 Bi Che), cf. Dnn W Jb 39 8 of pasture of wild ass; also (si vera 1.) Dnn ?« Jb 40 20 , i.e. mts. as furnishing food for hippopot. ; v. further Ct 4 6 8 14 Pr 27 s5 . i. as place of field and vineyards 2 Ch 26 10 (opp. n^BB*, Tie*1?) Is 7 25 ; v. also txpi Dnn nnpXBn j, 1478 c f. Hg 1"; fig. yj, 72 3 (UlTiy:?); in promise Dnnn Wtf nbn mbn rriyaarn D^py j 4 18 cf. Am 9 13 ; j. as kindled into flame (i.e. their forests; in sim.) ^83 15 . k. as scene of massacre, (fig.) Is 34 3 melting with blood; as place of battle array, height 1 S 1 7 33 . 1. as places of illicit worship L365 7 (||niy33) C f. Je 3 6 & appar. v 25 (id.) so am rhi~in is 57 7 , Dwn Dnnn Dt 12 2 (||niy33n); T but Ez 18 615 rd* perk OV for Dnn cf. RS K31 ° & Ez if". m. in various combinations inn IS 1 S 2 3 26 ' 26 2 S 13 34 side of the mt, inn ybs 16 13 id; Dnn fo j s I? i» c liaff of mts.; Dnn D1J Jb 24 s mountain-shower; Dnnn ?J? J u 9 30 shadow of the mts.; Dnn 13^ pap nBTU nn Dnnm Zc 6 1 ; top ofmt. usu. inn twh Nu I4 40 - 44 1 S 26 13 2 K i 9 ; as place for beacon Is 30 17 (|| ny33), ( c f. na^j-in 132 & Dnn opfcj Is 18 3 ), Dnnn b*xi l S 2 2 =Mi 4 1 , Dnn B'si i s 4 2 " (||^P. as dwelling-place) v. also ^72"; Dnnn •>K'«1 Gn 8 5 ; as lurking-places for am- buscade JU9 2536 , places for altars Ez6 13 (||ny33 nO"l), for sacrifice Ho 4 13 (||niy33n) ; inn C^l Jos ig = mt.-ridge, cf. v 9 Ju 16 3 ; Dnn nteyin ^95"; foundations of mts. Dnn npiD Dt 32" ^ 18 8 (|| ttjefn niiDto 2 S 22*);' cf. Dnn ■•asp!)

  • ?P! Jon 2 7 . n. in fig. uses : pini Dnn B^B

D'b-ri 5'b? riiynj? I 84I « fig. of Isr.'s overcoming its foes; *fi "'ly-by D3^3i 1B33n^ J e 13" of encountering hopeless calamities; Dnnn IS54 10 as less permanent & changeless than Yahweh's kindness (||riiy33); lVnf®r in Jesi^A IBlbin v 25 fig. of Babylon. 2. hill-country, mountain'•-n.-i

region, a. opp. plain, etc. : — dwelling-place of Canaanites, "inn Nu I3 17,s " (of promised land; opp. 3;3n ins o>n & i^rn:); ira nrnjn d;h epnrii 35331 r^B^M Dti 7 ; 353 nrnini %ts d>» -in niB33i nbatsh* nhia Josh 2 ; "ina 3.3331 "ansni rrVie^ai nrjya* nWai 12 8 ; ef.

1 io 40 Ju 1 9 ; "inn indef. («Ae hill-country, the 

mountains, in gen.) 2 Ch 2 1 (place for hewing wood) so v' 7 ; Ne 8 15 (place for cutting boughs), etc. b. of a particular mountain-region, hill-country: ,- }bNn nn Dt I 7 (cf. v 7 ) v 19 (cf. v 24 ), also Jos io 6 ; of Amalekites Ju 12 15 ; of Ephraim Jos 17 15 19 60 20 7 21 21 24 30 - 38 Ju -f 4 s 7 24 9 48 i7 I + 6t. Jui 7, iSi 1 9 4 i 4 22 2S20 21 1 K 4 8 12 26 2 K 5 K 1 Ch6 52 2 Ch 13 4 15 8 19 4 Je 4 15 3 1 6 ; Ephraim and Gilead 50'° (cf. also in(n) J0S17 1618 JU3 07 ); of Israel Jos 1 1 *» cf. typ nn Ez 6 2 19 9 33 s8 3 4 1S 35 12 ; Dint? nn 5tn^E«i7" 20 40 (H'EHipn) 34 »; inn ny i.e. in mountain-country Dt 2 37 (of Ammonites), Je 32 44 33"; hill-country of Judah Jos n 21 15 48 18 12 20 7 2i" 2 Ch 21" (Ifflff nn) 2 7 4 ; abode of Jebusites Jos 1 1 3 . VCR* T^i D "J-.^' ^-^' Cr** 1 v - " in - t" , "l"^n, ' 1 ")" , n adj. gent. (= mountain- dweller (Thes) 1 or deriv. fr. some unknown n.pr.loc.) ; — used only in denning certain of David's heroes : 1. a. TJ.nn nw 2 S 23 s3 * (cf. Dr)= 1 Ch 1 1 34 " (where rd. prob. T for R#, ©L Sapaia). h. *T$} N3K")3 HSB' 2 S 23 11 (rd. perh. •'"inn. 1 ! 1 cf. Dr; but © 6 'Apov X a'ws, ©L o A P a X i, i.e. "?1Xn ? c f. Klo). On niBB* •ninnn 1 Ch 1 1 27 (©' o 'aSi, ©L BE nisttJn v. n's^'s sub nsc*.

t

"ijinn v. sub TJI3. itnanrtri v. sub nan. T^yrin n.pr.m. a Persian official at court of Ahasuerus Est 4 s - 6 - 910 . t[/J[irt] vTj. — only Pi. deceive, mock, Imp/. Dn3 ?rirP1 1 K 1 8 s7 (secondary formation fr. 9?t Hiph., q.v.; cf. Thes OV *"'•**•'■ Sta

  • ™°; otherwise Ko 1 - 352 ; v. further sub V?n).

tff'^nn n.[m.]pl. mockery:— 'n ^"DK niSJ) Jb 17 2 irwZy mockery snrroundeth me (De Di Da cf.VB). J")J")n */of inninn ^, 62" ace. to Thes al., but v. nin.